Attached files

file filename
EX-23.6 - EX-23.6 - NEXTIER OILFIELD SOLUTIONS INC.d437603dex236.htm
EX-23.5 - EX-23.5 - NEXTIER OILFIELD SOLUTIONS INC.d437603dex235.htm
EX-23.4 - EX-23.4 - NEXTIER OILFIELD SOLUTIONS INC.d437603dex234.htm
EX-23.3 - EX-23.3 - NEXTIER OILFIELD SOLUTIONS INC.d437603dex233.htm
EX-23.2 - EX-23.2 - NEXTIER OILFIELD SOLUTIONS INC.d437603dex232.htm
EX-5.1 - EX-5.1 - NEXTIER OILFIELD SOLUTIONS INC.d437603dex51.htm
EX-1.1 - EX-1.1 - NEXTIER OILFIELD SOLUTIONS INC.d437603dex11.htm
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 10, 2018

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Keane Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   1389   38-4016639

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

2121 Sage Road

Houston, TX 77056

(713) 960-0381

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Gregory L. Powell

President and Chief Financial Officer

Keane Group, Inc.

2121 Sage Road

Houston, TX 77056

(713) 960-0381

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Stuart D. Freedman, Esq.

Antonio L. Diaz-Albertini, Esq.

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: (212) 756-2000

Fax: (212) 593-5955

  

William J. Miller, Esq.

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, NY 10005

Phone: (212) 701-3000

Fax: (212) 378-2500

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title Of Each Class Of

Securities To Be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share(1)(2)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount Of
Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock

  6,900,000   $18.48   $127,512,000   $15,876

 

 

(1)   Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act. In accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the price shown is the average of the high and low sales prices of the common stock on January 9, 2017 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 10, 2018

 

6,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

 

Keane Group, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

The selling stockholder is offering 6,000,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholder.

 

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FRAC.” On January 10, 2018, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $18.76 per share. The selling stockholder has granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 900,000 additional shares of common stock at the offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus to read the factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)(2)

   $      $  

Proceeds to selling stockholder

   $      $  

 

(1)   We will also reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred in the offering. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
(2)   We have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and certain other offering expenses for the selling stockholder incurred in connection with the sale.

 

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to investors against payment on or about                 , 2018.

 

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Citigroup   J.P. Morgan   Barclays   BofA Merrill Lynch   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   Morgan Stanley

 

Senior Co-Managers

 

Simmons & Company International

Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray

  Wells Fargo Securities

 

Co-Managers

 

Houlihan Lokey   Scotia Howard Weil

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2018.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     21  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42  

Use of Proceeds

     44  

Price Range of Common Stock

     45  

Dividend Policy

     46  

Capitalization

     47  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

     48  

Director Compensation

     60  

Executive Compensation

     61  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     83  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     91  

Description of Capital Stock

     93  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     99  

Description of Indebtedness

     101  

Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

     106  

Underwriting

     109  

Legal Matters

     115  

Experts

     115  

Information Incorporated By Reference

     115  

Where You Can Find More Information

     116  

Index To Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

 

We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

 

i


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, (i) the term “KGI” refers to Keane Group, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries; (ii) the term “Keane Group” refers to Keane Group Holdings, LLC and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries; (iii) the term “Trican Parent” refers to Trican Well Service Ltd. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries; (iv) the term “Trican U.S.” refers to Trican Well Service L.P.; (v) the term “Trican” refers to Trican Parent and Trican U.S., collectively; (vi) references to our “Sponsor” refer to Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”) and its respective controlled affiliates and investment funds; (vii) “Keane Investor” refers to Keane Investor Holdings, LLC; (viii) “RockPile” refers to RockPile Energy Services, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries; (ix) “RockPile Holdings” refers to RockPile Energy Holdings, LLC; (x) the “RockPile Holders” collectively refers to WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC, and five other individuals who acquired the RockPile Acquisition Shares (as defined herein); (xi) the term “2016 10-K” refers to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 21, 2017, incorporated by reference herein; and (xii) the term “Third Quarter 10-Q” refers to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017, filed with the SEC on November 7, 2017, incorporated by reference herein.

 

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the terms “Company,” “Keane,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to (i) Keane Group Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries for periods prior to the consummation of the Organizational Transactions (as defined herein) and (ii) Keane Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries for periods as of and following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions. For the convenience of the reader, except as the context otherwise requires, all information included in this prospectus for periods prior to the Organizational Transactions is presented giving effect to the consummation of the Organizational Transactions.

 

Prior to January 1, 2018, we qualified as an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. As of January 1, 2018, we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

On January 25, 2017, we consummated an initial public offering (“IPO”), in which we issued and sold 15,700,000 shares of our common stock and Keane Investor sold 15,074,000 shares of our common stock. Our business prior to the IPO was conducted through Keane Group and its consolidated subsidiaries. To effectuate the IPO, we completed a series of transactions that resulted in a reorganization of our business. Specifically, among other transactions, we effected a series of organizational transactions (the “Organizational Transactions”), including the following:

 

   

Certain entities affiliated with our Sponsor, certain members of the Keane family, Trican Parent and certain members of our management contributed all of their direct and indirect equity interests in Keane Group to Keane Investor;

 

   

Keane Investor contributed all of its equity interests in Keane Group to the Company in exchange for common stock of the Company; and

 

   

our independent directors received grants of restricted stock of the Company in substitution for their interests in Keane Group.

 

The Organizational Transactions represented a transaction between entities under common control and was accounted for similarly to pooling of interests in a business combination. In addition, the Company became the successor and Keane Group the predecessor for the purposes of financial reporting.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, historical information for periods prior to the completion of the IPO reflect the consolidated business and operations of Keane Group.

 

We completed the Trican transaction (as described herein in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Trican Transaction”) on March 16, 2016. Accordingly, this prospectus also includes the audited

 

ii


Table of Contents

balance sheets of Trican U.S. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related statements of operations, partners’ capital and cash flows for the years then ended.

 

We completed the RockPile Acquisition (as described herein in “Prospectus Summary—RockPile Transactions”) on July 3, 2017. Accordingly, this prospectus also incorporates by reference audited consolidated financial statements of RockPile Energy Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the periods from September 8, 2016 to December 31, 2016, January 1, 2016 to September 7, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 and audited consolidated financial statements of RockPile Energy Services, LLC as of and for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of RockPile Energy Holdings, LLC as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

PRO FORMA INFORMATION

 

This prospectus contains unaudited pro forma financial information prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations for 2016 give pro forma effect to:

 

   

our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations (as defined herein) and the transactions related thereto;

 

   

the RockPile Transactions (as defined herein), including the consummation of the RockPile Acquisition and the obtaining of the Additional Financing (as defined herein) related thereto;

 

   

the IPO and the application of the $260.3 million in net proceeds to the Company from the IPO, after deducting $38.0 million of underwriting discounts and commissions associated with the shares sold, to (i) fully repay our then existing balance of approximately $99 million under our 2016 Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) and, in addition, approximately $13.8 million of prepayment premium related to such repayment and (ii) repay $50.0 million of our Notes (as defined herein) and, in addition, approximately $0.5 million of prepayment premium related to such repayment (collectively, the “IPO Transactions”); and

 

   

the Organizational Transactions;

 

in each case, as if such transactions had been consummated on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 gives pro forma effect to the Organizational Transactions, the IPO Transactions and the RockPile Transactions as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2017.

 

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

 

This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein include market and industry data and certain other statistical information based on third-party sources including independent industry publications, government publications and other published independent sources, such as content and estimates provided by Coras Research, LLC as of September 30, 2017. Coras Research, LLC is not a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or the Securities Investor Protection Corporation and is not a registered broker dealer or investment advisor. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable as of their respective dates, we, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Some data is also based on our own good faith estimates which are supported by our management’s knowledge of and experience in the markets and businesses in which we operate.

 

While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the sections entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2016 10-K and in “Item 1(a). Risk Factors” in our Third Quarter 10-Q.

 

iii


Table of Contents

This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein include references to utilization of hydraulic fracturing assets. Utilization for our own fleets, as used in this prospectus, is defined as the ratio of the average number of deployed fleets to the number of total fleets for a given time period. For the purposes of this prospectus, we consider one of our fleets deployed if the fleet has been put in service at least one day during the period for which we calculate utilization. Furthermore, we define active fleets as fleets available for deployment and commissioning fleets as idle hydraulic horsepower being converted to active fleets. As a result, as additional fleets are incrementally deployed, our utilization rate increases.

 

We define industry utilization as the ratio of the total industry demand of hydraulic horsepower to the total available capacity of hydraulic horsepower, in each case as reported by an independent industry source. Our method for calculating the utilization rate for our own fleets or the industry may differ from the method used by other companies or industry sources which could, for example, be based off a ratio of the total number of days a fleet is put in service to the total number of days in the relevant period.

 

As used in this prospectus, capacity in the hydraulic fracturing business refers to the total number of hydraulic horsepower, regardless of whether such hydraulic horsepower is active and deployed, active and not deployed or inactive. While the equipment and amount of hydraulic horsepower required for a customer project varies, we calculate our total number of fleets, as used in this prospectus, by dividing our total hydraulic horsepower by 45,000 hydraulic horsepower. We believe that our measures of utilization, based on the number of deployed fleets, provide an accurate representation of existing, available capacity for additional revenue generating activity.

 

As used in this prospectus, references to cannibalization of parked equipment refer to the removal of parts and components (such as the engine or transmission of a fracturing pump) from an idle hydraulic fracturing fleet in order to service an active hydraulic fracturing fleet.

 

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

 

This prospectus contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™ or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to eliminate the impact of interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, along with certain items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing performance. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data” for further discussion and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted Gross Profit as Adjusted EBITDA, further adjusted to eliminate the impact of all activities in the corporate segment, such as selling, general and administrative expenses, along with cost of services that management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance.

 

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit (together, the “Non-GAAP Measures”) are performance measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to

 

iv


Table of Contents

evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income and operating income. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of certain items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures or different lease terms, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. Our presentation of Non-GAAP Measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual results.

 

Non-GAAP Measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

   

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit are adjusted for certain non-recurring costs, and non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of operations;

 

   

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and

 

   

Other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

Because of these limitations, Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as measures of operating income, operating performance or discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Non-GAAP Measures only for supplemental purposes. Please see our consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

 

Pro forma EBITDA and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, are also supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. Pro forma EBITDA and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA include the historical actual results of Trican U.S. prior to Keane’s ownership and assumption of specific assets and liabilities as defined in the asset purchase agreement dated January 25, 2016 (the “Trican APA”), the historical actual results of RockPile prior to Keane’s consummation of the RockPile Acquisition on July 3, 2017 (as described herein in “Prospectus Summary—RockPile Transactions”) and adjustments required to conform the accounting policies of Trican U.S. and RockPile to Keane’s accounting policies, but do not reflect any realized or anticipated cost savings in connection with the Trican transaction or RockPile Acquisition. Our pro forma EBITDA and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily indicative of any actual results had we owned the Acquired Trican Operations prior to the consummation of the Trican transaction or RockPile prior to the consummation of the RockPile Acquisition. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data” for additional information.

 

v


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere, or incorporated by reference, in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you or that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Item 1.A. Risk Factors” in our 2016 10-K, “Item 1(a) Risk Factors” in our Third Quarter 10-Q, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our 2016 10-K, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Third Quarter 10-Q, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other information included herein or incorporated by reference in this prospectus carefully before making an investment decision.

 

Our Company

 

We are one of the largest pure-play providers of integrated well completion services in the United States, with a focus on complex, technically demanding completion solutions. Our primary service offerings include horizontal and vertical fracturing, wireline perforation and logging and engineered solutions, as well as other value-added service offerings. Our total capacity includes approximately 1.2 million hydraulic horsepower from our 26 hydraulic fracturing fleets, which includes 30,000 of newbuild hydraulic horsepower placed with a dedicated customer in the fourth quarter of 2017, 31 wireline trucks, 24 cementing pumps and other ancillary assets located in the Permian Basin, the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale, the Bakken Formation and the Eagle Ford shale and are able to deploy our assets in other active oil and gas basins, including the SCOOP/STACK Formation. We provide industry-leading completion services with a strict focus on health, safety and environmental stewardship and cost-effective customer-centric solutions. Our Company prides itself on our operating principles, our core values that focus on health, safety, environment, efficiency and operational excellence, our partnership with our customers and transparency in our value creation and our responsibilities to our employees and customers.

 

We provide our services in conjunction with onshore well development, in addition to stimulation operations on existing wells, to exploration and production (“E&P”) customers with some of the highest quality and safety standards in the industry. We believe our proven capabilities enable us to deliver cost-effective solutions for increasingly complex and technically demanding well completion requirements, which include longer lateral segments, multiple fracturing stages in challenging high-pressure formations and greater proppant intensity.

 

As of December 31, 2017, all 26 of our hydraulic fracturing fleets and 21 of our wireline trucks were deployed and operating in the most active unconventional oil and natural gas basins in the United States, including the Permian Basin, the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale, the Bakken Formation and the Eagle Ford shale. We are one of the largest providers of hydraulic fracturing services in the Permian Basin, the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale and the Bakken Formation by total hydraulic horsepower deployed. In addition, we recently placed orders for an aggregate of approximately 150,000 newbuild hydraulic horsepower, representing three additional hydraulic fracturing fleets, that will increase our total hydraulic horsepower to more than 1.3 million upon expected delivery during the second and third quarters of 2018. See “—Recent Developments—Newbuild Hydraulic Horsepower.”

 

Our completion services are designed in partnership with our customers to enhance both initial production rates and estimated ultimate recovery from new and existing wells. We seek to deploy our assets with well-capitalized customers that have long-term development programs that enable us to maximize operational efficiencies and the return on our assets. We believe our integrated approach increases efficiencies and provides potential cost savings for our customers, allowing us to broaden our relationships with existing customers and

 



 

1


Table of Contents

attract new ones. In addition, our technical team and engineering center, which is located in The Woodlands, Texas, provides us the ability to supplement our service offerings with engineered solutions specifically tailored to address our customers’ completion requirements and challenges.

 

We believe the demand for our services will increase over the medium and long-term as a result of a number of favorable industry trends. While drilling and completion activity has improved along with a rebound in commodity prices from their lows in early 2016 of $26.19 per barrel (based on the Cushing WTI Spot Oil Price) and $1.49 per million British Thermal Units for natural gas, with the U.S. active rig count in September 2017 more than doubling the active rig count registered in May 2016, we believe there are long-term fundamental demand and supply trends that will benefit our Company. We believe demand for our services will grow from:

 

   

Increases in customer drilling budgets focused in our core service areas;

 

   

Increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

Increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

Increases in the number of fracture stages in a typical horizontal wellbore; and

 

   

Increases in pad drilling and simultaneous fracturing/wireline operations.

 

We believe demand and pricing for our services will be further enhanced by a reduction in available hydraulic fracturing equipment as a result of:

 

   

Cannibalization of parked equipment and increased maintenance costs;

 

   

Aging of existing fleets given the limited investment since the industry downturn in late 2014;

 

   

Increased customer focus on well-capitalized, safe and efficient service providers that can meet or exceed their requirements; and

 

   

Reduced access to capital for fleet acquisition, maintenance and deployment.

 

Pricing levels for our industry’s services are driven primarily by asset utilization. With the downturn in commodity prices from late 2014 through 2016, per Coras Research, LLC, asset utilization across the hydraulic fracturing industry declined from 77% at the end of 2014 to 60% by the end of 2016. We believe our asset utilization reflects the quality of our assets and services. The lack of investment in maintenance and aging equipment by industry participants during the latest downturn resulted in the reduction of supply of high-quality equipment available for deployment, which in turn has led to approximately 89% of active industry equipment being deployed as of December 31, 2016, per Coras Research, LLC.

 

Our History

 

Our Company was founded in 1973 by the Keane family in Lewis Run, Pennsylvania. We have been well-regarded as a customer-focused operator that prioritizes safety, the environment and our relationship with the communities in which we operate. We are committed to maintaining conservative financial policies and a disciplined approach to asset deployment, adding new capacity with customers with significant capital budgets and steady development programs rather than on a speculative basis.

 

We have developed what we believe is an industry-leading, completion-focused platform by emphasizing health, safety and environmental stewardship as our highest priority, implementing an efficient cost structure focused on disciplined cost controls, establishing a sophisticated supply chain and investing in state-of-the-art systems, and leveraging technology and infrastructure to support growth. Through these initiatives, our platform has demonstrated the ability to scale with an increase in activity. For example, in 2013, we organically entered into the Bakken Formation, where we remain one of the most active service providers, and, in 2014, we

 



 

2


Table of Contents

successfully recruited and integrated over 450 employees into our business, resulting in a 74% increase in our employee base. In 2017 and in connection with the redeployment of our fleets and the consummation of the RockPile Acquisition, we have successfully recruited and integrated over 1,800 employees into our business, more than doubling our employee base.

 

We believe that our ability to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions is a competitive advantage. We have demonstrated the ability to grow both organically and through opportunistic acquisitions. From 2010 to 2014, we organically added seven hydraulic fracturing fleets deployed across the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale, the Bakken Formation and the Permian Basin. We have also completed four acquisitions that have diversified our geographic presence and service line capabilities. In April 2013, we acquired the wireline technologies division of Calmena Energy Services, which provided us with wireline operations capabilities in the United States. In December 2013, we acquired the assets of Ultra Tech Frac Services to establish a presence in the Permian Basin. In March 2016, we completed the opportunistic acquisition of Trican’s U.S. oilfield service operations resulting in the expansion of our hydraulic fracturing operations to include approximately 950,000 hydraulic horsepower and establishing Keane as one of the largest pure-play providers of integrated well completion services in the United States. This acquisition added high quality equipment, provided increased scale in key operating basins, expanded our customer base, and offered significant cost reduction opportunities. We implemented a plan to achieve over $80 million of annualized cost savings as a result of facility consolidations, head-count rationalization and procurement savings. The Trican transaction also enhanced our access to proprietary technology and engineering capabilities that have improved our ability to provide integrated services solutions.

 

In addition, on July 3, 2017, we completed our acquisition of RockPile, a provider of completion services with approximately 215,000 hydraulic horsepower and an additional 30,000 of newbuild hydraulic horsepower on order, which was delivered and deployed in the fourth quarter of 2017. Through this acquisition, we expanded our existing presence in the Permian Basin and Bakken Formation and we further solidified our position as one of the largest pure-play providers of integrated well completion services in the United States. We also gained a high-quality customer base that had no overlap with our existing customer base. Finally, we have integrated certain members of RockPile’s best-in-class management team whose values and vision are similar to Keane. We believe this acquisition will be accretive to our gross profit, and we expect to achieve synergies in our purchased goods and services, as well as benefit from reductions in certain duplicated back-office administrative functions. We intend to continue to evaluate potential acquisitions on an opportunistic basis that would complement our existing service offerings or expand our geographic capabilities.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that technical expertise, fleet capability, equipment quality and robust preventive maintenance programs, integrated solutions, experience, scale in leading basins and health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) performance are the primary differentiating factors within the industry. We specialize in providing customized completion solutions to our customers that increase efficiency, improve safety and lower their overall cost.

 

Accordingly, we believe the following strengths differentiate us from many of our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success:

 

Multi-Basin Service Provider with Close Proximity to Our Customers.

 

We provide our services in several of the most active basins in the United States, including the Permian Basin, the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale, the Bakken Formation and the Eagle Ford Shale and are able to deploy our assets in other active oil and gas basins, including the SCOOP/STACK Formation. These regions are expected to account for approximately 86% of all new horizontal wells anticipated to be drilled between 2017 and 2020. In addition, the high-density of our operations in the basins in which we are most active provides us the opportunity to leverage our fixed costs and to quickly respond with what we believe are highly efficient, integrated solutions that are best suited to address customer requirements.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

In particular, we are one of the largest providers in the Permian Basin and the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale, the most prolific and cost-competitive oil and natural gas basins in the United States, respectively. According to Spears & Associates, the Permian Basin and the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale are expected to account for the greatest crude oil and natural gas production growth in the United States through 2020 based on forecasted rig counts. These basins have experienced a recovery in activity since the spring of 2016, with a 84% increase in rig count from their combined September 2016 count of 251 to 462 as of September 30, 2017.

 

Our Houston, Texas-based headquarters, eleven field offices and numerous management and sales offices are in close proximity to unconventional resource plays which allows us to take a hands-on approach to customer relationships at multiple levels within our organization, anticipate our customers’ needs and efficiently deploy our assets.

 

The below map represents our areas of operation:

 

LOGO

 

Customer-Tailored Approach.

 

We seek to develop long-term partnerships with our customers by investing significant time and effort educating them on our value proposition and maintaining a continuous dialogue as we deliver ongoing service. We believe our direct line of communication with our customers at the senior management level as well as with key operational managers in the field provides us with the ability to address issues quickly and efficiently and is highly valued by our customers. In November 2016, we received Shell Global Solutions International’s annual Well Services Performance Award in recognition of our Permian Basin team’s exceptional 2016 performance and customer service in hydraulic fracturing and wireline services.

 

In connection with the Trican transaction, we acquired our Engineered Solutions Center, comprised of a dedicated team of engineers and a network of field labs, which we believe provides value-added capabilities to both our new and existing customers. We believe our Engineered Solutions Center enables us to support our customers’ technical specifications with a focus on reducing costs and increasing production. As pressure pumping complexity increases and the need for comprehensive, solution-driven approaches grows, our Engineered Solutions Center is able to meet our customers’ business objectives cost-effectively by offering

 



 

4


Table of Contents

flexible design solutions that package our services with new and existing product offerings. Our Engineered Solutions Center is focused on providing (1) economical and effective fracture designs, (2) enhanced fracture stimulation methods, (3) next-generation fluids and technologically advanced diverting agents, such as MVP Frac and TriVert, which we received the right to use as part of the Trican transaction, (4) dust control technologies and (5) customized solutions to individual customer and reservoir requirements.

 

Track Record of Providing Safe and Reliable Solutions.

 

Safety is our highest priority and we believe we are among the safest service providers in the industry. For example, we achieved a total recordable incident rate (“TRIR”), which we believe is a reliable measure of safety performance, that is substantially less than the industry average from 2013 to 2016. We believe we have an industry leading behavior-based safety program to ensure each employee understands the importance of safety. Depending on job requirements, each new employee goes through a rigorous on-boarding and training program, is assigned a dedicated mentor, is routinely subject to our “Fit for Duty” verification program and periodically attends safety and technical certification programs. Our customers seek to protect their field employees, contractors and communities in which they serve as well as minimize the risk of disproportionately high costs that can result from an HSE incident. As a result, our customers demand robust HSE programs from their service providers and view safety records as a key criterion for vendor selection. We believe our safety and training record creates a competitive advantage by enhancing our ability to develop long-term relationships with our customers, allowing us to qualify to tender bids on more projects than many of our competitors and enabling us to attract and retain employees.

 

Modern, High-Quality Asset Base and Robust Maintenance Program.

 

We have invested in modern equipment, including dual-fuel fracturing pumps, Tier IV engines, stainless steel fluid ends, dry friction reducer and dry guar, to enhance our efficiency and safety. In addition, our high-quality, heavy-duty hydraulic fracturing and wireline fleets reduce operational downtime and maintenance costs while enhancing our ability to provide reliable, safe and consistent service to our customers. We have approximately 1.2 million total hydraulic horsepower. As of December 31, 2017, all 26 of our hydraulic fracturing fleets and 21 of our wireline trucks were deployed and operating. We believe we have a robust preventative maintenance program for both our active and inactive fleets which allows us to respond to customer demand in a timely, safe and cost-efficient manner, and we continue to invest in and stock critical parts and components.

 

From April 1, 2016 through December 31, 2017, we have commissioned 14 hydraulic fracturing fleets to service customers at a total cost of approximately $29.0 million. Our conservative financial profile and continued investment in our assets enabled us to redeploy idle assets quickly and in a cost-efficient manner, while ensuring safe and high quality service for our customers. In addition, we recently placed orders for an aggregate of approximately 150,000 newbuild hydraulic horsepower, representing three additional hydraulic fracturing fleets, that will increase our total hydraulic horsepower to more than 1.3 million upon expected delivery during the second and third quarters of 2018. See “—Recent Developments—Newbuild Hydraulic Horsepower.”

 

Flexible Supply Chain Management Capabilities.

 

Our sophisticated logistics network is comprised of strategically-located field offices, proppant storage facilities and proprietary last-mile transportation solutions. We have a dedicated supply chain team that manages sourcing and logistics to ensure flexibility and continuity of supply in a cost-effective manner across all areas of operation. We maintain multi-year relationships with industry-leading suppliers of proppant and have contracted secure supply at pricing reflecting current market conditions for the majority of our expected demand through 2020, based on existing job designs. We currently have a network of 1,195 railcars which are being leased to us

 



 

5


Table of Contents

on a multi-year basis, providing us with valuable and flexible logistical support for our operations. Our logistics infrastructure also includes access to eight third-party unit train facilities, which improve railcar turn times and reduce transit costs, and approximately 50 transload facilities. In addition, we own over 120 pneumatic sand-hauling trucks for last-mile transportation to the well site, which gives us the ability to access and deliver proppant where and when needed. We believe our supply chain and logistics network provide us with a competitive advantage by allowing us to quickly respond during periods of increased demand for our services.

 

Strong Balance Sheet and Disciplined Use of Capital.

 

We believe our balance sheet strength represents a significant competitive advantage, allowing us to pro-actively maintain our fleet while also pursuing opportunistic initiatives to further grow and expand our base business with new and existing customers. Our customers seek to employ well-capitalized service providers that are in the best position to meet their service requirements and their financial obligations, and, as a result, we intend to continue to maintain a strong balance sheet.

 

We adjust our capital expenditures based on prevailing industry conditions, the availability of capital and other factors as needed. Throughout the industry downturn that began in 2014, we have prioritized continued investment in our robust maintenance program to ensure our fleet of equipment can be deployed efficiently as demand recovers. As of September 30, 2017, we had cash on hand of $71.7 million. In addition, after giving effect to our borrowing base, we had approximately $146 million of availability under our $150 million ABL Facility (as defined herein) as of September 30, 2017. On December 22, 2017, our ABL Facility was amended to increase the commitments thereunder by $150 million and, as of December 31, 2017, after giving effect to our borrowing base, we had approximately $207 million of availability under our $300 million ABL Facility. We believe our cash-on-hand and availability under our ABL Facility provide us with the means to grow our operations. We intend to continue to prioritize maintenance, upgrades, refurbishments and acquisitions, in a disciplined and diligent manner, carefully evaluating these investments based on their ability to maintain or improve our competitive position and strengthen our financial profile while creating value for our stockholders. For additional information on our ABL Facility, see “Description of Indebtedness—ABL Facility.”

 

Best-in-Class Management Team with Extensive Industry Experience.

 

The members of our management team are seasoned operating, financial and administrative executives with extensive experience in and knowledge of the oilfield services industry. Our management team is led by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, James C. Stewart, who has over 30 years of industry experience. Each member of our management team brings significant leadership and operational experience with long tenures in the industry and respective careers at highly regarded companies, including Schlumberger Limited, Halliburton, Baker Hughes, Weatherford International, Marathon Oil, Anadarko Petroleum and General Electric. The members of our executive management team provide us with valuable insight into our industry and a thorough understanding of customer requirements.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our principal business objective is to increase shareholder value by profitably growing our business while safely providing best-in-class completion services. We expect to achieve this objective through:

 

Efficiently Capitalizing on Industry Recovery.

 

Hydraulic fracturing represents the largest cost of completing a shale oil or gas well and is a mission-critical service required for the continued development of U.S. shale resources. Upon a recovery in demand for oilfield

 



 

6


Table of Contents

services in the United States, the hydraulic fracturing sector is expected to have among the highest growth rates among oilfield service providers. Industry reports have forecasted that the North American onshore stimulation sector, which includes hydraulic fracturing, will increase at a compound annual growth rate, a measure of growth rate for selected points in time, of 11% from 2006 to 2020, and of 28% from 2016 through 2020. As a well-capitalized provider operating in the most active unconventional oil and natural gas basins in the United States, we believe that our business is well positioned to capitalize efficiently on an industry recovery. We have invested significant resources and capital to develop a market leading platform with demonstrated capabilities and technical skills that is well equipped to address increased demand from our customers. We believe that our rigorous preventative maintenance program provides us with a well-maintained hydraulic fracturing fleet and the ability to deploy fleets efficiently.

 

Developing and Expanding Relationships with Existing and New Customers.

 

We target well-capitalized customers that we believe will be long-term participants in the development of conventional and unconventional resources in the United States, value safe and efficient operations, have the financial stability and flexibility to weather industry cycles and seek to develop a long-term relationship with us. We believe our high-quality fleets, diverse completion service offerings, engineering and technology solutions and geographic footprint with basin density in some of the most active basins position us well to expand and develop relationships with our existing and new customers. These qualities, combined with our past performance, have resulted in the renewal and new award of service contracts by our customers and by an expansion of the basins in which we operate for these customers. We believe these arrangements will provide us an attractive revenue stream while leaving us the ability to deploy our remaining fleets as industry demand and pricing continue to recover. We have invested in our sales organization, more than doubling its headcount over the past two years. Together with our sales team, our Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Financial Officer are deeply involved with our commercial sales effort, fostering connectivity throughout a customer’s organization to further develop the relationship. We believe this level of senior management engagement differentiates us from many of our larger integrated peers.

 

Continuing Our Industry Leading Safety Performance and Focus on the Environment.

 

We are committed to maintaining and improving the safety, reliability, efficiency and environmental impact of our operations, which we believe is key to attracting new customers and maintaining relationships with our current customers, regulators and the communities in which we operate. As a result of our strong emphasis on training and safety protocols, we have one of the best safety records and reputations in the industry which helps us to attract and retain employees. We have maintained a strong safety record even as our employee base has more than quintupled over the past four years. From the beginning of 2013 to 2016, our TRIR and lost time incident rate (“LTIR”) dropped by approximately 69% and 75%, respectively, and, for the year ended December 31, 2016, our TRIR and LTIR statistics were 0.22 and 0.06, respectively. We believe we are among the safest service providers in the industry. For example, we achieved a TRIR, which we believe is a reliable measure of safety performance, that is substantially less than the industry average from 2013 to 2016. In addition, all of our field-based management are provided financial incentives to satisfy safety standards and customer expectations, which we believe motivates them to continually maintain a focus on quality and safety. We work diligently to meet or exceed applicable safety and environmental requirements from our customers and regulatory agencies, and we intend to continue to enhance our safety monitoring function as our business grows and operating conditions change. For example, we have made investments in more efficient engines and dual-fuel kits to comply with customer requirements to reduce emissions and noise at the well site. In 2016, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and the Department of Transportation’s National Highway Traffic Safety Administration jointly finalized standards for new on-road medium- and heavy-duty vehicles and engines to improve fuel efficiency and cut carbon emissions. In accordance with the new standards, all of the Company’s hydraulic fracturing fleets with model years from 2018 onwards will have Tier IV engines. In

 



 

7


Table of Contents

addition, we have also invested in spill prevention equipment and remediation systems and dust control technology, which we believe allows us to meet or exceed the latest Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) requirements and standards. We have also deployed high-grade cameras to remotely monitor high-risk zones in our field operations, which we believe helps reduce safety risks to our employees. We believe that our commitment to maintaining a culture that prioritizes safety and the environment is critical to the long-term success and growth of our business.

 

Investing Further in Our Robust Maintenance Program.

 

We have in place a rigorous preventative maintenance program to continuously maintain our fleets, resulting in less downtime, reduced equipment failure in demanding conditions, lower operating costs and overall safer and more reliable operations. Due to our strong balance sheet, we have been able to sustain investment in maintenance, including preemptive purchases of key components and upgrades to our fleets throughout the downturn. We believe that the quality of our fleets and our maintenance program enhance our ability to both secure contracts with new customers and to service our existing customers reliably and efficiently. Our active fleet uptime is reinforced by preventive maintenance on our equipment, allowing us to minimize the negative impact to our customers from equipment failure. In addition, we continue to monitor advances in hydraulic fracturing and wireline technology and make strategic purchases to enhance our existing capabilities.

 

Maintaining a Conservative Balance Sheet to Preserve Operational and Strategic Flexibility.

 

We carefully manage our liquidity by continuously monitoring cash flow, capital spending and debt capacity. Our focus on maintaining our financial strength and flexibility provides us with the ability to execute our strategy through industry volatility and commodity price cycles, as evidenced by our completion of the Trican and RockPile acquisitions, continued investment in our robust maintenance program and recently placed orders for an aggregate of approximately 150,000 newbuild hydraulic horsepower. We intend to maintain a conservative approach to managing our balance sheet to preserve operational and strategic flexibility. As of September 30, 2017, we had cash on hand of $71.7 million. In addition, as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to our borrowing base, we had approximately $146 million of availability under our $150 million ABL Facility. On December 22, 2017, our ABL Facility was amended to increase the commitments thereunder by $150 million and, as of December 31, 2017, after giving effect to our borrowing base, we had approximately $207 million of availability under our $300 million ABL Facility. We believe our cash-on-hand and availability under our ABL Facility provide us with the means to grow our operations.

 

Continued Evaluation of Consolidation Opportunities that Strengthen Capabilities and Create Value.

 

We believe that our ability to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions is a competitive advantage. Since 2011, we have completed four acquisitions that have diversified our geographic presence and service line capabilities. In April 2013, we acquired the wireline technologies division of Calmena Energy Services to expand our wireline operations capabilities in the United States. In December 2013, we acquired the assets of Ultra Tech Frac Services to establish a presence in the Permian Basin. In March 2016, we completed the Trican transaction, creating a leading independent provider of hydraulic fracturing services in the United States. This acquisition added high quality equipment, provided increased scale in key operating basins, expanded our customer base and offered significant cost reduction opportunities. We have identified and implemented a plan to achieve over $80 million of annualized cost savings from the Trican transaction as a result of facility consolidations, head-count rationalization and procurement savings. The Trican transaction also provided us access to proprietary technology and engineering capabilities that have enhanced our ability to provide integrated services solutions. In July 2017, we completed our acquisition of RockPile, a provider of completion services including approximately 215,000 hydraulic horsepower and an additional 30,000 of newbuild hydraulic horsepower on order. In addition,

 



 

8


Table of Contents

the RockPile Acquisition provided us with additional seasoned management and new customer relationships in the Bakken Formation and Permian Basin. We intend to continue to evaluate potential acquisitions on an opportunistic basis that would complement our existing service offerings or expand our geographic capabilities and allow us to earn an appropriate return on invested capital.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and This Offering

 

An investment in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk, including the speculative nature of oil and natural gas development and production, competition, volatile oil and natural gas prices and other material factors. You should carefully read and consider the section entitled “Risk Factors” following this prospectus summary, “Item 1.A. Risk Factors” in our 2016 10-K and “Item 1(a). Risk Factors” in our Third Quarter 10-Q before making an investment decision. The following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our strategy or operating activities, which could cause a decrease in the price of our common stock and a loss of all or part of your investment:

 

   

Oil and natural gas prices are volatile. A sustained decline in oil and natural gas prices could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our capital expenditure obligations and financial commitments.

 

   

We depend upon several significant customers within the E&P industry for most of our revenue. The loss of one or more of these customers could adversely affect our revenue.

 

   

Our operations are subject to operational hazards for which we may not be adequately insured.

 

   

Difficulties managing the growth of our business may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution.

 

   

Competition within our industry may adversely affect the price for our services.

 

   

We rely on a number of third parties to provide raw materials and equipment in order to offer our services, and the termination of our relationship with one or more of these third parties could adversely affect our operations.

 

   

Our operations are subject to various governmental regulations that require compliance that can be burdensome and expensive and adversely affect the feasibility of conducting our operations.

 

   

Any failure by us to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to hydraulic fracturing, could result in governmental authorities taking actions that adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

 

   

Our failure to successfully identify, complete and integrate future acquisitions of assets or businesses could reduce our earnings and cash available for distribution and slow our growth.

 

   

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and, as a result, qualify for, and rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

 

RockPile Transactions

 

On July 3, 2017, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated May 18, 2017 (the “RockPile Purchase Agreement”) with RockPile Holdings, RockPile Management NewCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with the RockPile Holdings, the “RockPile Seller Parties”) and RockPile, we completed our acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of RockPile (the “RockPile Acquisition”) for (i) approximately $116.6 million in cash, including approximately $4.4 million in respect of deposits previously paid by RockPile Seller Parties for 30,000 previously ordered hydraulic fracturing horsepower, which was delivered and deployed in the fourth quarter of 2017, and (ii) 8,684,210 shares of our common stock (the “RockPile Acquisition

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Shares”). The cash portion of the purchase price was determined based on a $135 million base cash purchase price, which was subject to closing and post-closing adjustments as provided in the RockPile Purchase Agreement (including (i) reductions for the payment of RockPile’s indebtedness and transaction expenses at closing, (ii) increases for certain capital expenditures by RockPile made prior to the RockPile closing and (iii) customary adjustments for the amount of working capital of RockPile against a normalized working capital target). In addition, the Company entered into the Keane Group Contingent Value Rights Agreement (the “CVR Agreement”) with RockPile Holders. Pursuant to the terms of the CVR Agreement, the RockPile Holders received one non-transferable contingent value right for each RockPile Acquisition Share, which collectively entitle the RockPile Holders to receive an aggregate payment (the “Aggregate CVR Payment Amount”) equal to the CVR Payment Amount (as defined herein) multiplied by the number of RockPile Acquisition Shares held by the RockPile Holders on the CVR Payment Date (as defined herein), provided that the Twenty-Day VWAP (as defined herein) is less than $19.00. The date of such payment (the “CVR Payment Date”) shall occur on April 10, 2018, the fifth business day following the date that is nine months after July 3, 2017 (such date, the “CVR Maturity Date”). The “CVR Payment Amount” will be equal to the difference between (a) $19.00 and (b) the arithmetic average of the dollar volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock on each trading day for twenty (20) trading days randomly selected by the Company during the thirty (30) trading day period immediately preceding the last business day prior to the CVR Maturity Date (the “Twenty-Day VWAP”), provided that the CVR Payment Amount shall not exceed $2.30. The Aggregate CVR Payment Amount shall be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis if (i) the aggregate gross proceeds received in connection with the resale of any RockPile Acquisition Shares plus (ii) the product of the number of RockPile Acquisition Shares held by the RockPile Holders on the CVR Payment Date and the Twenty-Day VWAP plus (iii) the Aggregate CVR Payment Amount exceeds $165 million.

 

In addition, pursuant to the terms of the RockPile Purchase Agreement, we entered into an Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2017, by and among the Company, RockPile Holdings, WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC and Keane Investor (the “A&R Stockholders’ Agreement”), primarily to provide (i) that we will be obligated to register for resale, under certain conditions, the RockPile Acquisition Shares and (ii) that RockPile Holdings will be entitled to designate, subject to certain conditions, one observer to our board of directors. The remainder of the terms of the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement are substantially similar to the terms and conditions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2017, by and between the Company and Keane Investor, which is described in Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement,” of the 2016 10-K. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

 

In connection with the RockPile Acquisition, on July 3, 2017, KGI and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the existing 2017 Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) with each of the incremental lenders party thereto, each of the existing lenders party thereto and Owl Rock Capital Corporation (“Owl Rock”) to provide for an additional $135.0 million incremental term loan (the “Additional Financing”). The Additional Financing was used (i) to fund the cash consideration in connection with the RockPile Acquisition and any other payments required under the RockPile Purchase Agreement, (ii) to pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing and (iii) to fund general corporate purposes. For additional information, see “Description of Indebtedness—New Term Loan Facility.”

 

We refer to the above transactions as the “RockPile Transactions.”

 



 

10


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

 

Newbuild Hydraulic Horsepower

 

Between December 8, 2017 and December 10, 2017, we placed orders for an aggregate of approximately 150,000 newbuild hydraulic horsepower, representing three additional hydraulic fracturing fleets and wireline trucks that, upon delivery, will increase the Company’s total hydraulic horsepower to more than 1.3 million. We anticipate total capital expenditures for the three fleets to be approximately $115 million, or approximately $770 per hydraulic horsepower. We expect two of the three newbuild fleets to be delivered and deployed by the end of the second quarter of 2018 and a third by the end of the third quarter of 2018.

 

Disposition of Certain Assets

 

Subsequent to the completion of the RockPile Transactions, we completed the sale of 12 workover rigs and ancillary equipment acquired as part of the RockPile Transactions. Six of the 12 workover rigs were sold for a purchase price of $6.8 million during the third quarter of 2017, and the remaining six workover rigs were sold for $9.9 million on November 6, 2017. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2017, we completed the sale of our dormant coiled tubing assets, including seven coiled tubing units and ancillary equipment related thereto, for a purchase price of $10.0 million.

 

ABL Facility

 

On December 22, 2017, KGI and certain of its subsidiaries amended and restated the asset-based revolving credit agreement governing the ABL Facility to, among other things, increase by $150 million the total amount of aggregate commitments by the lenders party thereto. As a result, as of December 23, 2017, the ABL Facility provides for a $300 million revolving credit facility (with a $20 million subfacility for letters of credit), subject to a borrowing base. In addition, subject to approval by the applicable lenders and other customary conditions, the ABL Facility allows for an additional increase in commitments of up to $150 million. As of December 31, 2017, after giving effect to our borrowing base, we had approximately $207 million of availability under our $300 million ABL Facility. For additional information on the ABL Facility, see “Description of Indebtedness— ABL Facility”.

 

Preliminary Results For The Three Months Ended December 31, 2017

 

Although our results of operations for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 are not yet final, the following unaudited information reflects our preliminary expectations with respect to such results based on information currently available to management. The financial information for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 does not reflect a breakdown of segment revenues and cost of services, as this information is not yet derivable and is subject to the completion of our normal closing procedures and a review by our independent auditors. The financial information for the three-months ended December 31, 2016 does not give pro forma effect to the RockPile Transactions, Organizational Transactions or IPO Transactions.

 

Based on the preliminary results:

 

We estimate that revenue will be within a range of $498 million to $500 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $151.0 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth in our average number of deployed fleets, as a result of increased utilization of our combined asset base following our acquisition of RockPile, as well as increased stage pricing and efficiency from both our existing and newly-deployed recommissioned fleets, resulting in an increase in revenue per deployed fleet.

 

We estimate that cost of services will be within a range of $388 million to $390 million for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $143.0 million for the same period of 2016. The increase in cost of

 



 

11


Table of Contents

services was primarily driven by (i) higher utilization of our hydraulic fracturing fleets, (ii) price inflation in our key input costs, including proppant and proppant trucking, and labor (iii) increased maintenance costs associated with increased service intensity stemming from longer laterals, proppant loading, and zipper designs and (iv) an increase in fleets working twenty-four hour operations, partially offset by reduced commissioning costs associated with deploying our hydraulic fracturing fleets.

 

We estimate that selling, general and administrative expense, which represents costs associated with managing and supporting our operations, will be within a range of $20.4 million to $21.4 million for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $7.9 million for the same period of 2016. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense is attributable to our operational growth, which is primarily associated with deploying our hydraulic fracturing fleets, the acquisition of RockPile, and non-cash amortization expense of equity awards issued under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan in 2017.

 

We estimate that depreciation and amortization expense will be approximately $49.6 million for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $29.0 million for the same period of 2016. This increase is primarily attributable to additional equipment purchased in 2017 to commission and maintain existing equipment and assets acquired in the RockPile Acquisition.

 

We estimate that interest expense will be approximately $7.8 million for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $9.9 million for the same period of 2016. This decrease was primarily attributable to the lower interest expense under our New Term Loan Facility (as defined herein), which replaced our 2016 Term Loan Facility and Notes, which bore higher interest rates.

 

We estimate that net income will be within a range of $36.3 million to $41.3 million for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to a net loss of $38.5 million for the same period of 2016. This increase is due to improvements in utilization, pricing and efficiency, offset in part by inflation on key input costs.

 

We estimate that Adjusted EBITDA will be within a range of $90.0 million to $95.0 million for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $6.1 million for the same period of 2016. The increase is primarily driven by the factors described above.

 

We estimate that Adjusted Gross Profit will be within a range of $108.0 million to $112.0 million for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $13.2 million for the same period of 2016. The increase is primarily driven by the factors described above.

 

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit Description and Reconciliation

 

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit are Non-GAAP Measures. EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) adjusted to eliminate the impact of interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, along with certain items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. Adjusted Gross Profit is defined as Adjusted EBITDA, further adjusted to eliminate the impact of all activities in the corporate segment, such as selling, general and administrative expenses, along with cost of services that management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance.

 

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit are Non-GAAP Measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside GAAP measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a

 



 

12


Table of Contents

result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies.

 

The table set forth below is a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit (in millions) for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 (estimated) and 2016 (actual):

 

     Three-Months Ended  
(in millions, unaudited)    December  31,
2017

(Low)
    December  31,
2017

(High)
    December  31,
2016

(Actual)
 

Net income (loss)

   $ 36.3     $ 41.3     $ (38.5 ) 

Depreciation and amortization

     49.6       49.6       29.0  

Interest expense, net

     7.8       7.8       9.9  

Income tax expense

     0.5       0.5       (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 94.2     $ 99.2     $ 0.3  

Plus Management Adjustments:

      

Acquisition, integration and expansion (1)

     (4.3     (4.3     (0.4

Initial public offering-related expenses (2)

     —         —         0.9  

Fleet commissioning costs

     —         —         5.0  

Impairment of assets

     —         —         0.2  

Non-cash stock compensation (3)

     3.4       3.4       0.1  

Other (4)

     (3.3     (3.3     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 90.0     $ 95.0     $ 6.1  

Other income (expense)

     —         —         (0.4

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

     —         —         (0.1

Selling, general and administrative

     21.4       20.4       8.1  

Less Management Adjustments not associated with Cost of Services

     (3.4     (3.4     (0.5

Adjusted Gross Profit

   $ 108.0     $ 112.0     $ 13.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Represents primarily professional fees, due diligence expenses and other costs associated with RockPile Acquisition, the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations and costs associated with the wind-down of certain other acquisitions.
(2)   Represents fees and other miscellaneous expenses required to carry out the reporting, prior years’ audits and organizational (legal entities) restructuring to ready the Company for its initial public offering and the eventual consummation of the offering. These expenses were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.
(3)   Represents recognition of non-cash profit interests related to Keane Group Holdings, LLC. These costs were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.
(4)   Represents net (gain) loss on disposals of assets, which is recorded in (gain) loss on disposal of assets.

 

The preliminary financial information included in this prospectus reflects management’s estimates based solely upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and is the responsibility of management. The preliminary financial results presented above are not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the three-months ended December 31, 2017. In addition, the preliminary financial results presented above have not been audited, reviewed, or compiled by our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP. Accordingly, KPMG LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto and assumes no responsibility for, and disclaims any association with, this information. The preliminary financial results presented above are subject to the completion of our financial closing procedures, which have not yet been completed. Our actual results for the three-months ended December 31, 2017 will not be available until after this offering is completed and may differ materially from these estimates. Therefore, you should not place undue reliance upon these preliminary financial results. For instance, during the course of the preparation of the respective financial statements and related notes, additional items that would require material adjustments to be made to the preliminary estimated financial results presented above may be identified. There can be no assurance that these estimates will be realized, and estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control. Accordingly, the financial results in any particular period may not be indicative of future results. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 



 

13


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

 

Keane Group, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was incorporated on October 13, 2016. Our principal executive offices are located at 2121 Sage Road, Suite 370, Houston, TX 77056. Our telephone number is (713) 960-0381 and our internet address is www.keanegrp.com. Our website and the information contained thereon and accessible therefrom are not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon by prospective investors in connection with any decision to purchase our common shares.

 

Our Equity Sponsor

 

We believe that one of our strengths is our relationship with our Sponsor. We believe we will benefit from our Sponsor’s investment experience in the energy sector, its expertise in mergers and acquisitions and its support on various near-term and long-term strategic initiatives.

 

Established in 1992, Cerberus and its affiliated group of funds and companies comprise one of the world’s leading private investment firms with approximately $33 billion of capital under management in four primary strategies: control and non-control private equity investments, distressed securities and assets, commercial mid-market lending and real estate-related investments. In addition to its New York headquarters, Cerberus has offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.

 

Our Sponsor indirectly controls us through its ownership of Keane Investor and is able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Following the completion of this offering, Keane Investor will own approximately 59.2% of our common stock, or 58.4% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. As a result, we will continue to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE and, as a result, will continue to qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, our stockholders do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements. Following the completion of the this offering, we will continue to be required to appoint to our board of directors individuals designated by Keane Investor. Furthermore, if we cease to be a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE, but Keane Investor collectively owns at least 35% of our then-outstanding common stock, Keane Investor shall have the right to designate a number of members of our board of directors equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors and Keane Investor shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining an 11-person board. Pursuant to the terms of the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, if a permitted transferee or assignee of such party that succeeds to such party’s rights under the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement (each transferee or assignee, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”) has beneficial ownership of less than 35% but at least 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate a number of members of our board of directors equal to the greater of (a) three or (b) 25% of the size of our board of directors (rounded up to the next whole number). If a Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 20% but at least 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate a number of directors equal to the greater of (a) two or (b) 15% of the size of our board of directors (rounded up to the next whole number). If a Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 15% but at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate one director to our board of directors.

 

The interests of our Sponsor may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, our Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our Sponsor may also pursue

 



 

14


Table of Contents

acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as Cerberus continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock through Keane Investor, Cerberus will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant transactions.

 

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock.”

 



 

15


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Keane Group, Inc.

 

Selling stockholder

Keane Investor Holdings LLC

 

Common stock outstanding

111,831,176 shares.

 

Common stock offered by selling stockholder

6,000,000 shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The selling stockholder has granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 900,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

The selling stockholder will receive all of the net proceeds from this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholder.

 

Dividend policy

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date. However, we anticipate that our board of directors will consider the payment of dividends in the future based on our increasing levels of profitability and associated reduced debt leverage. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

  See “Dividend Policy.”

 

NYSE trading symbol

“FRAC.”

 

Risk factors

For a discussion of risks relating to our Company, our indebtedness, our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk Factors” on page 21 of this prospectus and “Risk Factors” in our 2016 10-K and our Third Quarter 10-Q and all other information set forth and incorporated by reference in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

References in this section to the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding exclude 7,734,601 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 900,000 shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data

 

The following tables summarize our consolidated historical and pro forma financial data and should be read together with “Item 6. Selected Historical Data” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our 2016 10-K, “Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Third Quarter 10-Q, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference or included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated statement of operations data for 2016, 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 and the consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 from our unaudited financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

Our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 1, 2016 to March 15, 2016 reflect only the historical results of Keane prior to our completion of the Trican transaction. Commencing on March 16, 2016, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Acquired Trican Operations. Commencing on July 3, 2017, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of RockPile.

 

The Trican transaction and the RockPile Transactions had a material impact on our results of operations. Accordingly, we have included in this prospectus pro forma financial information which gives effect to the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations and the transactions related thereto, the Organizational Transactions, the IPO Transactions and the RockPile Transactions for 2016 and the Organizational Transaction, the IPO Transactions and the RockPile Transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as more fully described “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information” herein. The pro forma financial information includes the historical actual results of Trican U.S. prior to Keane’s ownership and assumption of specific assets and liabilities as defined in the Trican APA, the historical actual results of RockPile prior to the consummation of the RockPile Transactions and adjustments required to conform the accounting policies of Trican U.S. and RockPile to Keane’s accounting policies, but does not reflect any realized or anticipated cost savings in connection with the transactions. Our summary pro forma financial information set forth below are not necessarily indicative of our actual results had we owned the Acquired Trican Operations and RockPile in the historical periods, or of results to be expected for any future period. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information” for additional information.

 



 

17


Table of Contents
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2017
    Nine Months  Ended
September 30, 2016
    Year ended
December 31,
2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

  Pro forma(1)(2)     Actual(2)(3)     Actual(2)(3)     Pro forma(1)(2)     Actual(3)     Actual     Actual  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenue

  $  1,230,789     $  1,040,591     $ 269,537     $ 587,432     $ 420,570     $ 366,157     $ 395,834  

Costs of services(4)

    1,048,051       893,465       273,364       547,213       416,342       306,596       323,718  

Depreciation and amortization

    133,689       109,316       71,943       164,779       100,979       69,547       68,254  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    83,070       68,778       44,910       100,701       52,768       25,811       25,459  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

    (137            

Impairment

    —         —         —         185       185       3,914       11,098  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    1,264,673       1,071,559       390,217       812,878       570,274       405,868       428,529  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss)

    (33,884     (30,968     (120,680     (225,446     (149,704     (39,711     (32,695
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    4,657       4,647       536       45,516       916       (1,481     (2,418

Interest expense

    (33,121     (51,905     (28,407     (42,508     (38,299     (23,450     (10,473
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    (28,464     (47,258     (27,871     3,008       (37,383     (24,931     (12,891
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax (loss)

    (62,348     (78,226     (148,551     (222,438     (187,087     (64,642     (45,586

Income tax benefit (expense)

    24,141       (1,862     —         86,127       —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

  $ (38,207   $ (80,088   $  (148,551   $ (136,311   $ (187,087   $ (64,642   $ (45,586
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data(5)

             

Net loss per share

             

Basic

  $ (0.34   $ (0.77     $ (1.22      

Diluted

  $ (0.34   $ (0.77     $ (1.22      

Weighted average shares outstanding

             

Basic

    111,697       104,496         111,697        

Diluted

    111,697       104,496         111,841        

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

             

Cash flows from operating activities

    $ 4,614     $ (50,365     $ (54,054   $ 37,521     $ 18,732  

Cash flows from investing activities

    $ (202,676   $ (219,161     $ (227,161   $ (26,038   $ (138,870

Cash flows from financing activities

    $ 220,689     $ 278,305       $ 276,633     $ (10,518   $ 137,298  

Other Financial Data:

             

Capital expenditures

    $ (105,165   $ (15,699     $ (23,546   $ (27,246   $ (141,393

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

  $ 125,757     $ 120,694     $ (4,214   $ (42,770   $ 1,921     $ 41,885     $ 59,563  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

             

Total assets

    $ 1,009,227         $ 536,940     $ 324,795     $ 418,855  

Long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized debt discount, less current maturities (including current portion)

    $ 275,568         $ 269,750     $ 207,067     $ 208,688  

Total liabilities

    $ 544,274         $ 374,688     $ 244,635     $ 272,215  

Total owners’ equity

    $ 464,953         $ 162,252     $ 80,160     $ 146,640  

 

(1)   The pro forma information for 2016 reflects the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations and the transactions related thereto, the Organizational Transactions, the IPO Transactions and the RockPile Transactions as if these events had occurred on January 1, 2016. The pro forma information for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 reflects the Organizational Transactions, the IPO Transactions and the RockPile Transactions as if these events had occurred on January 1, 2017. The pro forma financial information includes the historical actual results of Trican U.S. prior to Keane’s ownership and assumption of specific assets and liabilities as defined in the Trican APA, the actual historical results of RockPile prior to the consummation of the RockPile Acquisition and adjustments required to conform the accounting policies of Trican U.S and RockPile to Keane’s accounting policies, but does not reflect any realized or anticipated cost savings in connection with the transactions. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information” for a presentation of such pro forma financial data for 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017.
(2)   Actual financial information for the interim periods, and pro forma financial information for the interim and year-end periods presented, is unaudited.
(3)   Commencing on March 16, 2016, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Acquired Trican Operations. Commencing on July 3, 2017, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of RockPile.

 



 

18


Table of Contents
(4)   Excludes depreciation and amortization, shown separately.
(5)   Adjusted EBITDA is a Non-GAAP Measure defined as net income (loss) as adjusted to eliminate the impact of interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, along with certain items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. Pro forma amounts give effect to the transactions described in note 1 above, as applicable.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is a Non-GAAP Measure that provides supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside GAAP measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. Adjusted EBITDA excludes the financial impact of certain items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitates review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for further explanation of non-GAAP measures.

 

Set forth below is a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Nine Months ended
September 30, 2017
    Nine Months  ended
September 30, 2016
    Year ended
December 31, 2016
    Year ended
December 31, 2015
    Year ended
December 31, 2014
 
(in thousands)   Pro forma (a)     Actual (a)     Actual (a)     Pro forma (a)     Actual     Actual     Actual  
             

Net income (loss)

  $ (38,207   $ (80,088   $ (148,551   $ (136,311   $ (187,087   $ (64,642   $ (45,586

Depreciation and amortization

    133,689       109,316       71,943       164,779       100,979       69,547       68,254  

Interest expense, net

    33,120       51,905       28,407       42,508       38,299       23,450       10,473  

Income tax (benefit) expense(b)

    (24,141     1,862       —         (86,127     (114     793       366  

EBITDA

  $ 104,461     $ 82,995     $ (48,201   $ (15,151   $ (47,923   $ 29,148     $ 33,507  

Acquisition, integration, expansion and divestiture costs(c)(d)

    (2,852     13,563       38,222       20,638       37,302       6,272       9,062  

Fleet commissioning costs

    11,771       11,771       5,038       9,998       9,998       —         —    

Impairment of assets(e)

    —         —         —         185       185       3,914       11,098  

Unit-based compensation(f)

    7,346       7,334       1,826       2,108       1,985       312       2,417  

Change in value of financial instruments(g)

    —         —         —         (60,922         2,270  

Other(h)

    5,031       5,031       (1,099     374       374       2,239       1,209  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 125,757     $ 120,694     $ (4,214   $ (42,770   $ 1,921     $ 41,885     $ 59,563  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Actual financial information for the interim periods, and pro forma financial information for the interim and year-end periods presented, is unaudited.
  (b)   Income tax (benefit) expense includes add-back for income tax expense related to Canadian operations recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
  (c)   Represents professional fees, integration costs, earn-outs, lease-termination costs, severance, start-up and other costs associated with the Trican transaction and integration, the acquisition of Ultra Tech Frac Services, LLC, the RockPile Acquisition, organic growth initiatives, the IPO and costs associated with the wind-down of our Canadian operations. In our actual performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, $3.2 million was recorded in costs of services and $14.9 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, offset by $4.5 million recorded in other income primarily as the result of a $3.6 million gain in connection with an indemnification settlement with Trican, $0.6 million gain due to the negotiated settlement of assumed liabilities with a certain vendor from a prior acquisition and $0.2 million due to the mark-to-market valuation of the contingent value rights associated with the acquisition of RockPile. In our performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, $13.3 million was recorded in cost of services, $16.3 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and $8.1 million was recorded in other expense, net. In our actual performance for 2016, $13.6 million was recorded in costs of services, $23.5 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and $0.2 million was recorded in other expense, net. In our actual performance for 2015, $1.1 million was recorded in costs of services, $3.5 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and $1.7 million was recorded in other expense, net. In our actual performance for 2014, $8.6 million was recorded in costs of services, $0.3 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and $0.2 million was recorded in other expense, net.
  (d)  

In our actual performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, $10.5 million was associated with legal and professional fees for the IPO, Trican settlement discussions and the RockPile Acquisition, $4.9 million was associated with one-time IPO bonuses paid to employees and $0.7 million of lease exit costs offset by $4.5 million of income primarily as a result of a $3.6

 



 

19


Table of Contents
  million gain in connection with an indemnification settlement with Trican. In our performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, $29.3 million was related to transaction expenses, $8.1 million was related to lease exit costs and $0.2 million was related to severance costs, each in connection with the Trican transaction and integration. In our actual performance for 2016, $35.0 million was associated with the Trican transaction, $1.7 million was associated with our IPO and other special projects and the remaining amount was related to severance expense. In our actual performance for 2015, $2.7 million was associated with the wind-down of our Canadian operations, $2.4 million with integration costs and the balance related to startup and severance costs. In our actual performance for 2014, $9.0 million was associated with our acquisition of Ultra Tech Frac Services, LLC and integration and hydraulic fracturing repositioning and a nominal amount was allocated to other items.
  (e)   Represents non-cash impairment charges with respect to our long-lived assets and intangible assets.
  (f)   Represents non-cash amortization of units issued to our employees over the vesting period, net of any forfeitures which are reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses.
  (g)   Represents non-cash loss on debt extinguishment for Keane and gain of $60.9 million on cancellation of debt for RockPile.
  (h)   In our actual performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, $5.6 million was associated with a litigation cost accrual, offset by $0.8 million gain on disposal of assets. In our actual performance for 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016, $0.4 million in miscellaneous legal expenses, consulting costs and development charges, forfeiture of deposit on hydraulic fracturing equipment purchase orders and other miscellaneous charges were recorded in other expense, net. In our actual performance for 2015, $0.2 million was recorded in costs of services and $2.0 million was recorded in other expense, net. In our actual performance for 2014, $0.7 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and $0.5 million was recorded in other expense, net.

 



 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information, together with other information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before investing in shares of our common stock. You should also consider the matters discussed under “Risk Factors” contained herein and “Risk Factors” in our 2016 10-K and Third Quarter 10-Q, both incorporated by reference herein. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we deem immaterial, may also have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition, prospects or results of operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or a part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

Our business is cyclical and depends on spending and well completions by the onshore oil and natural gas industry in the United States, and the level of such activity is volatile. Our business has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by industry conditions that are beyond our control.

 

Our business is cyclical, and we depend on the willingness of our customers to make expenditures to explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas from onshore unconventional resources in the United States. The willingness of our customers to undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:

 

   

prices, and expectations about future prices, for oil and natural gas;

 

   

domestic and foreign supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas and related products;

 

   

the level of global and domestic oil and natural gas inventories;

 

   

the supply of and demand for hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield services and equipment in the United States;

 

   

the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

 

   

available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity;

 

   

lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel;

 

   

the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

 

   

federal, state and local regulation of hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield service activities, as well as exploration and production activities, including public pressure on governmental bodies and regulatory agencies to regulate our industry;

 

   

the availability of water resources, suitable proppant and chemicals in sufficient quantities for use in hydraulic fracturing fluids;

 

   

geopolitical developments and political instability in oil and natural gas producing countries;

 

   

actions of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”), its members and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production controls;

 

   

advances in exploration, development and production technologies or in technologies affecting energy consumption;

 

   

the price and availability of alternative fuels and energy sources;

 

   

weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas producers to raise equity capital and debt financing; and

 

   

U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. governmental regulations and taxes.

 

The volatility of the oil and natural gas industry and the resulting impact on exploration and production activity could adversely impact the level of drilling and completion activity by some of our customers. This volatility may result in a decline in the demand for our services or adversely affect the price of our services. In addition, material declines in oil and natural gas prices, or drilling or completion activity in the U.S. oil and natural gas shale regions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, a decrease in the development of oil and natural gas reserves in our market areas may also have an adverse impact on our business, even in an environment of strong oil and natural gas prices.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by a deterioration in general economic conditions or a weakening of the broader energy industry.

 

A prolonged economic slowdown or recession in the United States, adverse events relating to the energy industry or regional, national and global economic conditions and factors, particularly a further slowdown in the E&P industry, could negatively impact our operations and therefore adversely affect our results. The risks associated with our business are more acute during periods of economic slowdown or recession because such periods may be accompanied by decreased exploration and development spending by our customers, decreased demand for oil and gas and decreased prices for oil and gas.

 

A decline in or substantial volatility of crude oil and natural gas commodity prices could adversely affect the demand for our services.

 

The demand for our services is substantially influenced by current and anticipated crude oil and natural gas commodity prices and the related level of drilling and completion activity and general production spending in the areas in which we have operations. Volatility or weakness in crude oil and natural gas commodity prices (or the perception that crude oil and natural gas commodity prices will decrease) affects the spending patterns of our customers and the products and services we provide are, to a substantial extent, deferrable in the event oil and natural gas companies reduce capital expenditures. As a result, we may experience lower utilization of, and may be forced to lower our rates for, our equipment and services.

 

Historical prices for crude oil and natural gas have been extremely volatile and are expected to continue to be volatile. For example, since 1999, oil prices have ranged from as low as approximately $10 per barrel to over $100 per barrel. In recent years, oil and natural gas prices and, therefore, the level of exploration, development and production activity, experienced a sustained decline from the highs in the latter half of 2014 as a result of an increasing global supply of oil and a decision by OPEC to sustain its production levels in spite of the decline in oil prices and slowing economic growth in the Eurozone and China. From late 2014 to second half of 2016, prices for U.S. oil weakened in response to continued high levels of production by OPEC, a buildup in inventories and lower global demand. OPEC’s recent agreement to reduce its oil production has provided upward momentum for oil and natural gas prices, but member nations may opt to not follow this agreement. Although beginning in late 2016 oil prices and natural gas prices have recovered to $58.35 per barrel and $2.84 per MMbtu, respectively, as of December 1, 2017, the volatility of our industry persists.

 

As a result of the significant decline in the price of oil, beginning in late 2014, E&P companies moved to significantly cut costs, both by decreasing drilling and completion activity and by demanding price concessions from their service providers, including providers of hydraulic fracturing services. In turn, service providers, including hydraulic fracturing service providers, were forced to lower their operating costs and capital expenditures, while continuing to operate their businesses in an extremely competitive environment. Prolonged periods of price instability in the oil and natural gas industry will adversely affect the demand for our products and services and our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Additionally, the commercial development of economically viable alternative energy sources (such as wind, solar geothermal, tidal, fuel cells and biofuels) could reduce demand for our services and create downward pressure on the revenue we are able to derive from such services, as they are dependent on oil and natural gas commodity prices.

 

Fuel conservation measures could reduce demand for oil and natural gas.

 

Fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements and increasing consumer demand for alternatives to oil and natural gas could reduce demand for oil and natural gas. The impact of the changing demand for oil and natural gas may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in the energy services industry.

 

Risks inherent to our industry can cause personal injury, loss of life, suspension of or impact upon operations, damage to geological formations, damage to facilities, business interruption and damage to, or destruction of, property, equipment and the environment. Such risks may include, but are not limited to:

 

   

equipment defects;

 

   

vehicle accidents;

 

   

explosions and uncontrollable flows of gas or well fluids;

 

   

unusual or unexpected geological formations or pressures and industrial accidents;

 

   

blowouts;

 

   

cratering;

 

   

loss of well control;

 

   

collapse of the borehole; and

 

   

damaged or lost drilling equipment.

 

In addition, our hydraulic fracturing and well completion services could become a source of spills or releases of fluids, including chemicals used during hydraulic fracturing activities, at the site where such services are performed, or could result in the discharge of such fluids into underground formations that were not targeted for fracturing or well completion activities, such as potable aquifers. These risks could expose us to substantial liability for personal injury, wrongful death, property damage, loss of oil and natural gas production, pollution and other environmental damages and could result in a variety of claims, losses and remedial obligations that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The existence, frequency and severity of such incidents could affect operating costs, insurability and relationships with customers, employees and regulators. In particular, our customers may elect not to purchase our services if they view our safety record as unacceptable, which could cause us to lose customers and substantial revenue, and any litigation or claims, even if fully indemnified or insured, could negatively affect our reputation with our customers and the public and make it more difficult for us to compete effectively or obtain adequate insurance in the future.

 

We may be subject to claims for personal injury and property damage, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

Our services are subject to inherent risks that can cause personal injury or loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, equipment or the environment or the suspension of our operations. Our operations are subject to, and exposed to, employee/employer liabilities and risks such as wrongful termination, discrimination, labor organizing, retaliation claims and general human resource related matters. Litigation arising from

 

23


Table of Contents

operations where our facilities are located, or our services are provided, may cause us to be named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims including claims for exemplary damages. We maintain what we believe is customary and reasonable insurance to protect our business against these potential losses, but such insurance may not be adequate to cover our liabilities, and we are not fully insured against all risks. Further, our insurance has deductibles or self-insured retentions and contains certain coverage exclusions. The current trend in the insurance industry is towards larger deductibles and self-insured retentions. In addition, insurance may not be available in the future at rates that we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable, compelling us to have larger deductibles or self-insured retentions to effectively manage expenses. As a result, we could become subject to material uninsured liabilities or situations where we have high deductibles or self-insured retentions that expose us to liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

 

Competition within the oilfield services industry may adversely affect our ability to market our services.

 

The oilfield services industry is highly competitive and fragmented and includes several large companies that compete in many of the markets we serve, as well as numerous small companies that compete with us on a local basis. Our larger competitors’ greater resources could allow them to better withstand industry downturns and to compete more effectively on the basis of technology, geographic scope and retained skilled personnel. We believe the principal competitive factors in the market areas we serve are price, equipment quality, supply chains, balance sheet strength and financial condition, product and service quality, safety record, availability of crews and equipment and technical proficiency. Our operations may be adversely affected if our current competitors or new market entrants introduce new products or services with better features, performance, prices or other characteristics than our products and services or expand into service areas where we operate. Competitive pressures or other factors may also result in significant price competition, particularly during industry downturns, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Significant increases in overall market capacity have also caused active price competition and led to lower pricing and utilization levels for our services.

 

We have previously seen substantial reductions in the prices we can charge for our services based on reduced demand and resulting overcapacity, including an intensified competitive environment from late 2014 to late 2016 as a result of an industry downturn and oversupply of oilfield services. Any significant future increase in overall market capacity for completion services could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

New technology may cause us to become less competitive.

 

The oilfield services industry is subject to the introduction of new drilling and completion techniques and services using new technologies, some of which may be subject to patent or other intellectual property protections. Although we believe our equipment and processes currently give us a competitive advantage, as competitors and others use or develop new or comparable technologies in the future, we may lose market share or be placed at a competitive disadvantage. Further, we may face competitive pressure to develop, implement or acquire certain new technologies at a substantial cost. Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical and personnel resources that may allow them to enjoy technological advantages and develop and implement new products on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. We cannot be certain that we will be able to develop and implement all new technologies or products on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. Limits on our ability to develop, effectively use and implement new and emerging technologies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

 

Our assets require significant amounts of capital for maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment and may require significant capital expenditures for new equipment.

 

Our hydraulic fracturing fleets and other completion service-related equipment require significant capital investment in maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment to maintain their competitiveness. For example, from

 

24


Table of Contents

April 1, 2016 through December 31, 2017, we have commissioned 14 hydraulic fracturing fleets to service customers at a total cost to deploy of approximately $29.0 million, including capital expenditures. The costs of components and labor have increased in the past and may increase in the future with increases in demand. Our fleets and other equipment typically do not generate revenue while they are undergoing maintenance, refurbishment or upgrades. Any maintenance, upgrade or refurbishment project for our assets could increase our indebtedness or reduce cash available for other opportunities. Further, such projects may require proportionally greater capital investments as a percentage of total asset value, which may make such projects difficult to finance on acceptable terms. To the extent we are unable to fund such projects, we may have less equipment available for service or our equipment may not be attractive to potential or current customers. Additionally, increased demand, competition or advances in technology within our industry may require us to update or replace existing fleets or build or acquire new fleets. For example, between December 8, 2017 and December 10, 2017, we placed orders for an aggregate of approximately 150,000 newbuild hydraulic horsepower representing three additional hydraulic fracturing fleets, with anticipated capital expenditures for the three fleets of approximately $115 million. Such demands on our capital or reductions in demand for our hydraulic fracturing fleets and other completion service related equipment and the increase in cost to maintain labor necessary for such maintenance and improvement, in each case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity position, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and may increase the cost to make our inactive fleets operational.

 

We are dependent on a few customers in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

Our customers are engaged in the oil and natural gas E&P business in the United States. Historically, we have been dependent upon a few customers for a significant portion of our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our top three customers, Shell Exploration & Production, XTO Energy and Seneca Resources Corporation, collectively accounted for approximately 48% of total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our top four customers, EQT Production Company, Shell Exploration & Production, XTO Energy and Southwestern Energy Company, collectively accounted for approximately 90% of total revenues. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our top four customers, Shell Exploration & Production, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, Ascent Resources and Marathon Oil EP LLC collectively accounted for approximately 35% of total revenues.

 

Our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our significant customers ceases to engage us for our services on favorable terms or at all or fails to pay or delays in paying us significant amounts of our outstanding receivables. Although we do have contracts for multiple projects with certain of our customers, most of our services are provided on a project-by-project basis.

 

Additionally, the E&P industry is characterized by frequent consolidation activity. Changes in ownership of our customers may result in the loss of, or reduction in, business from those customers, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers could adversely affect our financial results.

 

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, many of whose operations are concentrated solely in the domestic E&P industry which, as described above, is subject to volatility and, therefore, credit risk. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully reduce customer credit risk. If we are unable to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use our equipment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and/or results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our commitments under supply agreements could exceed our requirements, and our reliance on suppliers exposes us to risks including price, timing of delivery and quality of products and services upon which our business relies.

 

We have purchase commitments with certain vendors to supply a majority of the proppant used in our operations. Some of these agreements are take-or-pay agreements with minimum purchase obligations. If demand for our hydraulic fracturing services decreases from current levels, demand for the raw materials and products we supply as part of these services will also decrease. If demand decreases enough, we could have contractual minimum commitments that exceed the required amount of goods we need to supply to our customers. In this instance, we could be required to purchase goods that we do not have a present need for, pay for goods that we do not take delivery of or pay prices in excess of market prices at the time of purchase. Additionally, our reliance on outside suppliers for some of the key materials and equipment we use in providing our services involves risks, including limited control over the price, timely delivery and quality of such materials or equipment.

 

Unexpected and immediate changes in the availability and pricing of raw materials, or the loss of or interruption in operations of one or more of our suppliers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

 

Raw materials essential to our business are normally readily available. However, high levels of demand for raw materials, such as gels, guar, proppant and hydrochloric acid, have triggered constraints in the supply chain of those raw materials and could dramatically increase the prices of such raw materials. For example, during 2012, companies in our industry experienced a shortage of guar, which is a key ingredient in fracturing fluids. This shortage resulted in an unexpected and immediate increase in the price of guar. During 2008, our industry faced sporadic proppant shortages requiring work stoppages, which adversely impacted the operating results of several competitors. We may not be able to mitigate any future shortages of raw materials.

 

The proppant market is a highly competitive and volatile part of the supply chain on which our industry depends.

 

Although the scarcity of proppant and chemicals at various periods between 2011 and 2014 has largely been reversed as a result of increased manufacturing efficiency, expanded capacity and decreased demand, the proppant market remains highly competitive and relatively volatile. An increase in the cost of proppant as a result of increased demand or a decrease in the number of proppant providers as a result of consolidation could increase our cost of an essential raw material in hydraulic stimulation and have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, prospects and financial condition.

 

We may record losses or impairment charges related to idle assets or assets that we sell.

 

Prolonged periods of low utilization, changes in technology or the sale of assets below their carrying value may cause us to experience losses. These events could result in the recognition of impairment charges that increase our net loss. Prior to our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations, Trican recorded significant impairment charges, and we may record significant impairment charges in the future. Significant impairment charges as a result of a decline in market conditions or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

 

Competition among oilfield service and equipment providers is affected by each provider’s reputation for safety and quality.

 

Our activities are subject to a wide range of national, state and local occupational health and safety laws and regulations. In addition, customers maintain their own compliance and reporting requirements. Failure to comply with these health and safety laws and regulations, or failure to comply with our customers’ compliance or reporting requirements, could tarnish our reputation for safety and quality and have a material adverse effect on our competitive position.

 

26


Table of Contents

Oilfield anti-indemnity provisions enacted by many states may restrict or prohibit a party’s indemnification of us.

 

We typically enter into agreements with our customers governing the provision of our services, which usually include certain indemnification provisions for losses resulting from operations. Such agreements may require each party to indemnify the other against certain claims regardless of the negligence or other fault of the indemnified party; however, many states place limitations on contractual indemnity agreements, particularly agreements that indemnify a party against the consequences of its own negligence. Furthermore, certain states, including Louisiana, New Mexico, Texas and Wyoming, have enacted statutes generally referred to as “oilfield anti-indemnity acts” expressly prohibiting certain indemnity agreements contained in or related to oilfield services agreements. Such oilfield anti-indemnity acts may restrict or void a party’s indemnification of us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding issues of health, safety and protection of the environment. Under these laws and regulations, we may become liable for penalties, damages or costs of remediation or other corrective measures. Any changes in laws or government regulations could increase our costs of doing business.

 

Our operations are subject to stringent federal, state, local and tribal laws and regulations relating to, among other things, protection of natural resources, clean air and drinking water, wetlands, endangered species, greenhouse gasses, nonattainment areas, the environment, health and safety, chemical use and storage, waste management, waste disposal and transportation of waste and other hazardous and nonhazardous materials. Our operations involve risks of environmental liability, including leakage from an operator’s casing during our operations or accidental spills onto or into surface or subsurface soils, surface water or groundwater. Some environmental laws and regulations may impose strict liability, joint and several liability, or both. In some situations, we could be exposed to liability as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions caused by, third parties without regard to whether we caused or contributed to the conditions. Additionally, environmental concerns, including clean air, drinking water contamination and seismic activity, have prompted investigations that could lead to the enactment of regulations, limitations, restrictions or moratoria that could potentially have a material adverse impact on our business. Actions arising under these laws and regulations could result in the shutdown of our operations, fines and penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), revocations of permits to conduct business, expenditures for remediation or other corrective measures and/or claims for liability for property damage, exposure to hazardous materials, exposure to hazardous waste, nuisance or personal injuries. Sanctions for noncompliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may also include the assessment of administrative, civil or criminal penalties, revocation of permits and temporary or permanent cessation of operations in a particular location and issuance of corrective action orders. Such claims or sanctions and related costs could cause us to incur substantial costs or losses and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. Additionally, an increase in regulatory requirements, limitations, restrictions or moratoria on oil and natural gas exploration and completion activities at a federal, state or local level could significantly delay or interrupt our operations, limit the amount of work we can perform, increase our costs of compliance, or increase the cost of our services, thereby possibly having a material adverse impact on our financial condition.

 

If we do not perform in accordance with government, industry, customer or our own health, safety and environmental standards, we could lose business from our customers, many of whom have an increased focus on environmental and safety issues.

 

We are subject to the EPA, U.S. Department of Transportation, U.S. Nuclear Regulation Commission, OSHA and state regulatory agencies that regulate operations to prevent air, soil and water pollution. The energy extraction sector is one of the sectors designated for increased enforcement by the EPA, which will continue to regulate our industry in the years to come, potentially resulting in additional regulations that could have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects or financial condition.

 

27


Table of Contents

The EPA regulates air emissions from all engines, including off-road diesel engines that are used by us to power equipment in the field. Under these U.S. emission control regulations, we could be limited in the number of certain off-road diesel engines we can purchase. Further, the emission control and fuel quality regulations could result in increased costs.

 

Laws and regulations protecting the environment generally have become more stringent over time, and we expect them to continue to do so. This could lead to material increases in our costs, and liability exposure, for future environmental compliance and remediation. Additionally, if we expand the size or scope of our operations, we could be subject to existing regulations that are more stringent than the requirements under which we are currently allowed to operate or require additional authorizations to continue operations. Compliance with this additional regulatory burden could increase our operating or other costs.

 

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing could prohibit, restrict or limit hydraulic fracturing operations, could increase our operating costs or could result in the disclosure of proprietary information resulting in competitive harm.

 

During recent sessions of the U.S. Congress, several pieces of legislation were introduced in the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives for the purpose of amending environmental laws such as the Clean Air Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act (the “SDWA”) and the Toxic Substance Control Act with respect to activities associated with extraction and energy production industries, especially the oil and gas industry. Furthermore, various items of legislation and rulemaking have been proposed that would regulate or prevent federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing on federally owned land. Proposed rulemaking from the EPA and OSHA, such as the proposed regulation relating to respirable silica sand, could increase our regulatory requirements, which could increase our costs of compliance or increase the costs of our services, thereby possibly having a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

 

If the EPA or another federal or state-level agency asserts jurisdiction over certain aspects of hydraulic fracturing operations, an additional level of regulation established at the federal or state level could lead to operational delays and increase our costs. The EPA recently issued a study of the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water and groundwater. The EPA report states that there is scientific evidence that hydraulic fracturing activities can impact drinking resources under some circumstances, and identifies certain conditions in which the EPA believes the impact of such activities on drinking water and groundwater can be more frequent or severe. The EPA study could spur further initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or otherwise. Many regulatory and legislative bodies routinely evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of laws and regulations affecting the oil and gas industry. As a result, state legislatures, state regulatory agencies and local municipalities may consider legislation, regulations or ordinances, respectively, that could affect all aspects of the oil and natural gas industry and occasionally take action to restrict or further regulate hydraulic fracturing operations. At this time, it is not possible to estimate the potential impact on our business of these state and municipal actions or the enactment of additional federal or state legislation or regulations affecting hydraulic fracturing. Compliance, stricter regulations or the consequences of any failure to comply by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

Many states in which we operate require the disclosure of some or all of the chemicals used in our hydraulic fracturing operations. Certain aspects of one or more of these chemicals may be considered proprietary by us or our chemical suppliers. Disclosure of our proprietary chemical information to third parties or to the public, even if inadvertent, could diminish the value of our trade secrets or those of our chemical suppliers and could result in competitive harm to us, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

We are also aware that some states, counties and municipalities have enacted or are considering moratoria on hydraulic fracturing. For example, New York and Vermont have banned or are in the process of banning the use of high volume hydraulic fracturing. Alternatively, some municipalities are or have considered zoning and

 

28


Table of Contents

other ordinances, the conditions of which could impose a de facto ban on drilling and/or hydraulic fracturing operations. Further, some states, counties and municipalities are closely examining water use issues, such as permit and disposal options for processed water, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, prospects and results of operations if such additional permitting requirements are imposed upon our industry. Additionally, our business could be affected by a moratorium or increased regulation of companies in our supply chain, such as sand mining by our proppant suppliers, which could limit our access to supplies and increase the costs of our raw materials. At this time, it is not possible to estimate how these various restrictions could affect our ongoing operations. For more information, see “Item 1. Business—Environmental Regulation” in our 2016 10-K.

 

Existing or future laws and regulations related to greenhouse gases and climate change could have a negative impact on our business and may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture and use of carbon dioxide that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

 

Changes in environmental requirements related to greenhouse gases and climate change may negatively impact demand for our services. For example, oil and natural gas exploration and production may decline as a result of environmental requirements, including land use policies responsive to environmental concerns. Federal, state and local agencies have been evaluating climate-related legislation and other regulatory initiatives that would restrict emissions of greenhouse gases in areas in which we conduct business. Because our business depends on the level of activity in the oil and natural gas industry, existing or future laws and regulations related to greenhouse gases and climate change, including incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources, could have a negative impact on our business if such laws or regulations reduce demand for oil and natural gas. Likewise, such restrictions may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture, sequestration and use of carbon dioxide that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

 

Comprehensive tax reform bills could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

The U.S. government has enacted comprehensive tax legislation that includes significant changes to the taxation of business entities. These changes include, among others, a permanent reduction to the corporate income tax rate. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of this tax reform is uncertain, and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. This prospectus does not discuss any such tax legislation or the manner in which it might affect purchasers of our common stock. We urge our stockholders to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any such legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in our common stock.

 

Litigation and other proceedings could have a negative impact on our business.

 

The nature of our business makes us susceptible to legal proceedings, including as a defendant in various employment claims challenging our payment practices under the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”), and governmental investigations from time to time. In addition, during periods of depressed market conditions, such as the one we have been experiencing, we may be subject to an increased risk of our customers, vendors, current and former employees and others initiating legal proceedings against us which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, any legal proceedings or claims, even if fully indemnified or insured, could negatively impact our reputation among our customers and the public, and make it more difficult for us to compete effectively or obtain adequate insurance in the future.

 

On December 27, 2016, two former employees filed a complaint for a proposed class or collective action in United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas entitled Hickson and Villa v. Keane Group Holdings, LLC, et al., alleging certain field professionals were not properly classified under the FLSA and Pennsylvania law. Class certification in this suit remains pending and the parties have agreed to mediation.

 

29


Table of Contents

Additionally, we are involved in a commercial dispute whereby a former customer has commenced an arbitration proceeding and on December 15, 2017, made a claim for contractual damages of approximately $4 million. The Company intends to vigorously dispute the merits of the asserted claims and plans to assert affirmative counterclaims for unpaid bills and other damages. Other than amounts previously accrued and disclosed, we are currently unable to estimate the range of loss, if any, that may result from these matters.

 

We use intellectual property relating to hydraulic fracturing fluids and electronic pump control which is subject to non-exclusive license arrangements and may be licensed to our competitors, which could adversely affect our business.

 

Trican has licensed our use of certain of its hydraulic fracturing fluids and electronic pump control technology under non-exclusive agreements. Accordingly, Trican has the right to license the same technologies and fracturing fluids that we use in our operations to our competitors, which could adversely affect our business. The rights obtained under this license may be shared with others who have been granted a similar non-exclusive license. As a result, the non-exclusive nature of this license may lead to conflicts between us and others granted similar rights.

 

If we are unable to fully protect our intellectual property rights, we may suffer a loss in our competitive advantage or market share.

 

We do not have patents or patent applications relating to many of our key processes and technology. If we are not able to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets, or if our competitors are able to replicate our technology or services, our competitive advantage would be diminished. We also cannot assure you that any patents we may obtain in the future would provide us with any significant commercial benefit or would allow us to prevent our competitors from employing comparable technologies or processes.

 

We may be subject to interruptions or failures in our information technology systems.

 

We rely on sophisticated information technology systems and infrastructure to support our business, including process control technology. Any of these systems may be susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, usage errors by employees, computer viruses, cyber-attacks or other security breaches, or similar events. The failure of any of our information technology systems may cause disruptions in our operations, which could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

 

Changes in transportation regulations may increase our costs and negatively impact our results of operations.

 

We are subject to various transportation regulations including as a motor carrier by the U.S. Department of Transportation and by various federal, state and tribal agencies, whose regulations include certain permit requirements of highway and safety authorities. These regulatory authorities exercise broad powers over our trucking operations, generally governing such matters as the authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, safety, equipment testing, driver requirements and specifications and insurance requirements. The trucking industry is subject to possible regulatory and legislative changes that may impact our operations, such as changes in fuel emissions limits, hours of service regulations that govern the amount of time a driver may drive or work in any specific period and limits on vehicle weight and size. As the federal government continues to develop and propose regulations relating to fuel quality, engine efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions, we may experience an increase in costs related to truck purchases and maintenance, impairment of equipment productivity, a decrease in the residual value of vehicles, unpredictable fluctuations in fuel prices and an increase in operating expenses. Increased truck traffic may contribute to deteriorating road conditions in some areas where our operations are performed. Our operations, including routing and weight restrictions, could be affected by road construction, road repairs, detours and state and local regulations and ordinances restricting access to certain roads. Proposals to increase federal, state or local taxes, including taxes on motor fuels, are also made from time

 

30


Table of Contents

to time, and any such increase would increase our operating costs. Also, state and local regulation of permitted routes and times on specific roadways could adversely affect our operations. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any legislative or regulatory changes or municipal ordinances applicable to our logistics operations will be enacted and to what extent any such legislation or regulations could increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business or operations.

 

We may be unable to employ a sufficient number of key employees, technical personnel and other skilled or qualified workers.

 

The delivery of our services and products requires personnel with specialized skills and experience who can perform physically demanding work. As a result of the volatility in the energy service industry and the demanding nature of the work, workers may choose to pursue employment with our competitors or in fields that offer a more desirable work environment. Our ability to be productive and profitable will depend upon our ability to employ and retain skilled workers. In addition, our ability to further expand our operations according to geographic demand for our services depends in part on our ability to relocate or increase the size of our skilled labor force. The demand for skilled workers in our areas of operations can be high, the supply may be limited and we may be unable to relocate our employees from areas of lower utilization to areas of higher demand. A significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could result in a reduction of our skilled labor force, increases in the wage rates that we must pay, or both. Further, a significant decrease in the wages paid by us or our competitors as a result of reduced industry demand could result in a reduction of the available skilled labor force, and there is no assurance that the availability of skilled labor will improve following a subsequent increase in demand for our services or an increase in wage rates. If any of these events were to occur, our capacity and profitability could be diminished and our growth potential could be impaired.

 

We depend heavily on the efforts of executive officers, managers and other key employees to manage our operations. The unexpected loss or unavailability of key members of management or technical personnel may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

 

We may be unable to maintain key employees, technical personnel and other skilled or qualified workers due to immigration enforcement action or related loss.

 

We require full compliance with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and other laws concerning immigration and the hiring of legally documented workers. We recognize that foreign nationals may be a valuable source of talent, but that not all foreign nationals are authorized to work for U.S. companies immediately. In some cases, it may be necessary to obtain a required work authorization from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security or similar government agency prior to a foreign national working as an employee for us. Although we do not know of any issues with our employees, we could lose an employee or be subject to an enforcement action that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

 

Adverse weather conditions could impact demand for our services or materially impact our costs.

 

Our business could be materially adversely affected by adverse weather conditions. For example, unusually warm winters could adversely affect the demand for our services by decreasing the demand for natural gas or unusually cold winters could adversely affect our ability to perform our services, for example, due to delays in the delivery of products that we need to provide our services. Our operations in arid regions can be affected by droughts and limited access to water used in our hydraulic fracturing operations. Adverse weather can also directly impede our own operations. Repercussions of adverse weather conditions may include:

 

   

curtailment of services;

 

   

weather-related damage to facilities and equipment, resulting in delays in operations;

 

   

inability to deliver equipment, personnel and products to job sites in accordance with contract schedules; and

 

   

loss of productivity.

 

31


Table of Contents

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

 

Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States could adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if wells, operations sites or other related facilities are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our products and services. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

 

Delays in obtaining, or inability to obtain or renew, permits or authorizations by our customers for their operations or by us for our operations could impair our business.

 

In most states, our customers are required to obtain permits or authorizations from one or more governmental agencies or other third parties to perform drilling and completion activities, including hydraulic fracturing. Such permits or approvals are typically required by state agencies, but can also be required by federal and local governmental agencies or other third parties. The requirements for such permits or authorizations vary depending on the location where such drilling and completion activities will be conducted. As with most permitting and authorization processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit or approval to be issued and the conditions which may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit. In some jurisdictions, such as New York State and within the jurisdiction of the Delaware River Basin Commission, certain regulatory authorities have delayed or suspended the issuance of permits or authorizations while the potential environmental impacts associated with issuing such permits can be studied and appropriate mitigation measures evaluated. In Texas, rural water districts have begun to impose restrictions on water use and may require permits for water used in drilling and completion activities. Permitting, authorization or renewal delays, the inability to obtain new permits or the revocation of current permits could cause a loss of revenue and potentially have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

 

We are also required to obtain federal, state, local and/or third-party permits and authorizations in some jurisdictions in connection with our wireline services. These permits, when required, impose certain conditions on our operations. Any changes in these requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

We may not be successful in identifying and making acquisitions.

 

Part of our strategy to expand our geographic scope and customer relationships, increase our access to technology and to grow our business is dependent on our ability to make acquisitions that result in accretive revenue and earnings. We may be unable to make accretive acquisitions or realize expected benefits of any acquisitions for any of the following reasons:

 

   

failure to identify attractive targets;

 

   

incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired operations or assets or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of acquiring operations or assets;

 

   

failure to obtain financing on acceptable terms or at all;

 

   

restrictions in our debt agreements;

 

   

failure to successfully integrate the operations or management of any acquired operations or assets;

 

   

failure to retain or attract key employees; and

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our acquisition strategy requires that we successfully integrate acquired companies into our business practices as well as our procurement, management and enterprise-wide information technology systems. We may not be successful in implementing our business practices at acquired companies, and our acquisitions could face difficulty in transitioning from their previous information technology systems to our own. Furthermore, unexpected costs and challenges may arise whenever businesses with different operations of management are combined. Any such difficulties, or increased costs associated with such integration, could affect our business, financial performance and operations.

 

If we are unable to identify, complete and integrate acquisitions, it could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

Integrating acquisitions may be time-consuming and create costs that could reduce our net income and cash flows.

 

Part of our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions that we believe will be accretive to our business. If we consummate an acquisition, the process of integrating the acquired business may be complex and time consuming, may be disruptive to the business and may cause an interruption of, or a distraction of management’s attention from, the business as a result of a number of obstacles, including, but not limited to:

 

   

a failure of our due diligence process to identify significant risks or issues;

 

   

the loss of customers of the acquired company or our Company;

 

   

negative impact on the brands or banners of the acquired company or our Company;

 

   

a failure to maintain or improve the quality of customer service;

 

   

difficulties assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;

 

   

our inability to retain key personnel of the acquired company;

 

   

the incurrence of unexpected expenses and working capital requirements;

 

   

our inability to achieve the financial and strategic goals, including synergies, for the combined businesses;

 

   

difficulty in maintaining internal controls, procedures and policies;

 

   

mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt; and

 

   

unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas.

 

Any of the foregoing obstacles, or a combination of them, could decrease gross profit margins or increase selling, general and administrative expenses in absolute terms and/or as a percentage of net sales, which could in turn negatively impact our net income and cash flows.

 

We may not be able to consummate acquisitions in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, future acquisitions are accompanied by the risk that the obligations and liabilities of an acquired company may not be adequately reflected in the historical financial statements of that company and the risk that those historical financial statements may be based on assumptions which are incorrect or inconsistent with our assumptions or approach to accounting policies. Any of these material obligations, liabilities or incorrect or inconsistent assumptions could adversely impact our results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

 

Our historical financial statements may not be indicative of future performance.

 

In light of the Trican transaction completed in March 2016 and the RockPile Acquisition completed in July 2017, our operating results only reflect the impact of the acquisitions for dates after the closing of the transactions, and, therefore, comparisons with prior periods are difficult. As a result, our limited historical financial performance as the owner of the Acquired Trican Operations and RockPile may make it difficult for stockholders to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and to assess our future prospects and viability.

 

33


Table of Contents

Furthermore, as a result of the implementation of new business initiatives and strategies following the completion of the Trican and RockPile transactions, our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our ongoing operations and the operating results to be expected in the future.

 

Our unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information may not be representative of our future results.

 

The pro forma financial information included in this prospectus is constructed from our consolidated financial statements and the historical consolidated financial statements of Trican U.S. and RockPile prior to our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations and RockPile, respectively, and does not purport to be indicative of the financial information that will result from our future operations. While we acquired substantially all of the pressure-pumping assets, and assumed specified related liabilities, relating primarily to Trican U.S.’s United States oilfield services business, the Acquired Trican Operations, as reflected in this prospectus, do not contain all of the assets and liabilities of Trican U.S. The pro forma financial information presented in this prospectus is based in part on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. We cannot assure you that our assumptions will prove to be accurate over time. Accordingly, the pro forma financial information included in this prospectus does not purport to be indicative of what our results of operations and financial condition would have been had Keane, Trican U.S. and RockPile been a combined entity during the periods presented, or what our results of operations and financial condition will be in the future. The challenges associated with integrating previously independent businesses makes evaluating our business and our future financial prospects difficult. Our potential for future business success and operating profitability must be considered in light of the risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties typically encountered by other companies following business combinations.

 

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

 

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

 

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2017, we had $275.6 million of debt outstanding, net of discounts and deferred financing costs (not including capital lease obligations). In addition, after giving effect to our borrowing base, we had approximately $146 million of availability under our $150 million ABL Facility as of September 30, 2017. On December 22, 2017, our ABL Facility was amended to increase the commitments thereunder by $150 million and, as of December 31, 2017, after giving effect to our borrowing base, we had approximately $207 million of availability under our $300.0 million ABL Facility.

 

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

   

adversely affect the market price of our common stock;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to interest rate increases and general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms to fund our working capital requirements, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments, debt service requirements and other general corporate requirements; and

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

 

In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our debt or that we will be able to refinance our debt on commercially reasonable terms. If we were unable to make payments or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we would have to consider other options, such as:

 

   

sales of assets;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

sales of equity; or

 

   

negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable debt.

 

Our debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to use some of our options.

 

Despite our significant indebtedness levels, we may still be able to incur additional debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

 

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the credit agreements that govern the ABL Facility and the New Term Loan Facility (together with the ABL Facility, the “Senior Secured Debt Facilities”) permit us to incur additional indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. If new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face would intensify. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

 

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain operating covenants and restrictions that limit our operations and could lead to adverse consequences if we fail to comply with them.

 

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain certain operating covenants and other restrictions relating to, among other things, limitations on indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness) and liens, mergers, consolidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, investments and acquisitions, dividends and other restricted payments, repurchase of shares of capital stock and options to purchase shares of capital stock and certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, our Senior Secured Debt Facilities include certain financial covenants.

 

The restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility.

 

Failure to comply with these financial and operating covenants could result from, among other things, changes in our results of operations, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the pricing of our products, our success at implementing cost reduction initiatives, our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy or changes in general economic conditions, which may be beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the agreements that govern these facilities that would permit the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay such amounts, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing these obligations. The collateral includes the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries and substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ other tangible and intangible assets, subject in each case to certain exceptions. This could have serious consequences on our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In addition, these covenants may restrict our ability to engage in transactions that we believe would otherwise be in the best interests of our business and stockholders. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

 

Increases in interest rates could negatively affect our financing costs and our ability to access capital.

 

We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under the Senior Secured Debt Facilities and to the extent we raise additional debt in the capital markets to meet maturing debt obligations, to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs and to finance future acquisitions. Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with operational cash flow and through the use of various committed lines of credit. The interest rate on these borrowing arrangements is generally determined from the inter-bank offering rate at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. Although we employ risk management techniques to hedge against interest rate volatility, significant and sustained increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results.

 

35


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock

 

The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the public offering price.

 

The market price for our common stock is volatile. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover, or continue to cover, our common stock, or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

changes in, or investors’ perception of, the hydraulic fracturing industry;

 

   

the activities of competitors;

 

   

future issuances and sales of our common stock, including in connection with acquisitions;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

   

regulatory or legal developments in the United States;

 

   

litigation involving us, our industry, or both;

 

   

general economic conditions; and

 

   

other factors described elsewhere in these “Risk Factors” or the “Risk Factors” sections of our 2016 10-K and Third Quarter 10-Q.

 

As a result of these factors, you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the offering price. In addition, the stock market often experiences extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

 

Keane Investor and our Sponsor control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders in the future.

 

After the completion of this offering, and assuming an offering of 6,000,000 shares by the selling stockholder, Keane Investor will control approximately 59.2% of our common stock (or 58.4% of our common stock assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder). As a result, Keane Investor will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Seven of our 12 directors are employees of, appointees of, advisors to, or members of Cerberus, as described under “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” in our 2016 10-K. Cerberus, through Keane Investor, will also continue to have sufficient voting power to amend our organizational documents. The interests of Cerberus may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, Cerberus is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Cerberus may also pursue, for its own members’ accounts, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as Cerberus continues to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, Cerberus will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions.

 

36


Table of Contents

We are restricted from competing with Trican in the oilfield services business in Canada, which may adversely affect our access to, or our ability to expand within, the Canadian market.

 

We agreed to a non-competition provision with Trican as part our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations, pursuant to which, subject to certain limited exceptions, we may not compete, directly or indirectly, with Trican in Canada in the oilfield services business through March 16, 2018. Subject to certain limited exceptions, we also may not own an interest in any entity that competes directly or indirectly with Trican in Canada, other than with respect to any industrial services or completion tools business or certain interests in companies with limited revenue derived from Canadian operations. These restrictions may adversely affect our access to or ability to expand within the Canadian market. Additionally, Trican has an ownership interest in Keane Investor, and conflicts of interest may therefore arise between Trican and our other shareholders relating to opportunities to enter into or expand within the Canadian oilfield business.

 

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of recently becoming a publicly traded company.

 

As a newly public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations of the NYSE. Being subject to these rules and regulations will result in additional legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, will make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and may also place significant strain on management, systems and resources.

 

These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory actions and potentially civil litigation.

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will continue to qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

 

Keane Investor controls and, upon the completion of this offering, will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

 

We currently utilize, and intend to continue to utilize, each of these exemptions. As a result, we do not have a majority of independent directors nor do our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

 

37


Table of Contents

Provisions in our charter documents, certain agreements governing our indebtedness, the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement and Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that some stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, possibly depressing the market price of our common stock.

 

In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace members of our management team. Examples of such provisions are as follows:

 

   

from and after such date that Keane Investor and its respective affiliates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act), or any person who is an express assignee or designee of Keane Investor’s respective rights under our certificate of incorporation (and such assignee’s or designee’s affiliates) (of these entities, the entity that is the beneficial owner of the largest number of shares is referred to as the “Designated Controlling Stockholder”) ceases to own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock (the “50% Trigger Date”), the authorized number of our directors may be increased or decreased only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock or by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

prior to the 50% Trigger Date, only our board of directors and the Designated Controlling Stockholder are expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws and, from and after the 50% Trigger Date, our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of at least two-thirds of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

   

from and after the 50% Trigger Date, the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board will be limited;

 

   

from and after the 50% Trigger Date, stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and actions by our stockholders by written consent will be prohibited;

 

   

from and after such date that Keane Investor and its respective affiliates (or any person who is an express assignee or designee of Keane Investor’s respective rights under our certificate of incorporation (and such assignee’s or designee’s affiliates)) ceases to own, in the aggregate, at least 35% of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock (the “35% Trigger Date”), advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors will be established;

 

   

limits on who may call stockholder meetings;

 

   

requirements on any stockholder (or group of stockholders acting in concert), other than, prior to the 35% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder, who seeks to transact business at a meeting or nominate directors for election to submit a list of derivative interests in any of our Company’s securities, including any short interests and synthetic equity interests held by such proposing stockholder;

 

   

requirements on any stockholder (or group of stockholders acting in concert) who seeks to nominate directors for election to submit a list of “related party transactions” with the proposed nominee(s) (as if such nominating person were a registrant pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K, and the proposed nominee was an executive officer or director of the “registrant”); and

 

   

our board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined by our board of directors at the time of issuance or fixed by resolution without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include voting rights, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and, therefore, could reduce the value of our common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could delay, discourage, prevent or make it more difficult or costly to acquire or effect a change in control, thereby preserving the current stockholders’ control.

 

In addition, under the agreements governing the Senior Secured Debt Facilities, a change in control may lead the lenders and/or holders to exercise remedies such as acceleration of the obligations thereunder, termination of their commitments to fund additional advances and collection against the collateral securing such obligations.

 

Pursuant to a limited liability company agreement entered into by Cerberus and certain other entities and individuals who agreed to co-invest with Cerberus through Keane Investor (the “Keane Investor LLC Agreement”), such appointees shall be selected by Keane Investor’s board of managers so long as KGI is a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Keane Investor Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

 

The A&R Stockholders’ Agreement provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, from the date on which (a) KGI is no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Keane Investor has the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements (as defined herein) equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time and shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining an 11-person board of directors unless the management board of Keane Investor otherwise agrees by the affirmative vote of 80% of the management board of Keane Investor; (b) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 20% but less than 35% of our outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of three or 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); (c) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 15% but less than 20% of our outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate the greater of two or 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); and (d) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 10% but less than 15% of our outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate one individual who satisfies the Director Requirements. The right of Keane Investor or a Holder to appoint one or more directors could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have received notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds more favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers

 

39


Table of Contents

and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this choice of forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

 

We may be required to make payments under our contingent value rights agreement with the RockPile Holders.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the CVR Agreement entered into upon consummation of the RockPile Acquisition, the RockPile Holders received one non-transferable contingent value right for each RockPile Acquisition Share, which collectively entitle the RockPile Holders to receive from the Company, in certain circumstances, an Aggregate CVR Payment Amount of up to $20.0 million. The Aggregate CVR Payment Amount is contingent upon the difference between $19.00 and the trading price of Keane’s common stock in a 30-trading day period prior to April 3, 2018, the nine-month maturity date of the contingent value rights, with such amount to be reduced, in certain circumstances, to the extent the RockPile Acquisition Shares are resold by the RockPile Holders prior to the maturity date. To the extent we are required to make a payment to the RockPile Holders under the CVR Agreement on the CVR Payment Date, our liquidity may be adversely affected. For additional information on our obligations under the CVR Agreement, see “Prospectus Summary—RockPile Transactions.”

 

If a substantial number of shares becomes available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

If Keane Investor or the RockPile Holders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease. The perception in the public market that Keane Investor or the RockPile Holders might sell shares of common stock could also create a perceived overhang and depress our market price. 111,831,176 shares of common stock are outstanding of which 74,923,649 shares will be held by Keane Investor and the RockPile Holders upon the closing of this offering (assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder is not exercised). Prior to this offering, the Company, Keane Investor and our executive officers and directors, but not the RockPile Holders, will have agreed with the underwriters to a “lock-up” period, meaning that such parties may not, subject to certain exceptions, sell any of their existing shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of representatives of the underwriters for at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus. Pursuant to these restrictions, among other exceptions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 90-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. When the lock-up agreements expire, these shares will become eligible for sale, in some cases subject to the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”).

 

In addition, Keane Investor and the RockPile Holders will have substantial demand and incidental registration rights, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.” The market price for shares of our common stock may drop when the restrictions on resale by Keane Investor and the RockPile Holders lapse.

 

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common shares, the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

The trading market for our common shares likely will be influenced by the research and reports that equity and debt research analysts publish about the industry, us and our business. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more securities analysts fail to cover our securities, if those analysts downgrade our shares or if those analysts issue a sell recommendation or other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing

 

40


Table of Contents

reports about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade our shares, the market price of our common stock would likely decline.

 

Because we do not currently plan to pay dividends following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

 

We do not currently plan to pay dividends following this offering, and our stockholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights, to receive dividends. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, modify or repeal our dividend policy. The declaration and payment of dividends depends on various factors, including: our net income, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

In addition, we are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments. Our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends is restricted by agreements governing their debt instruments, and may be restricted by agreements governing any of our subsidiaries’ future indebtedness. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of their debt agreements to incur additional indebtedness that may severely restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

 

Under the DGCL, our board of directors may not authorize payment of a dividend unless it is either paid out of our surplus, as calculated in accordance with the DGCL or, if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

 

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our equity incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

 

After this offering, we will have 388,168,824 shares of common stock authorized but unissued under our certificate of incorporation. We will be authorized to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to common stock for consideration and on terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved 7,734,601 shares of our common stock for future awards that may be issued under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Incentive Plans.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

 

In the future, we may also issue our securities, including shares of our common stock, in connection with investments or acquisitions. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, business strategy, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements are generally accompanied by words such as “may,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” ”plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “goal,” ”project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Any forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus speak only as of the date on which we make them and are based upon our historical performance and on current plans, estimates and expectations. Forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

the competitive nature of the industry in which we conduct our business;

 

   

general business and economic conditions;

 

   

crude oil and natural gas commodity prices;

 

   

demand for services in our industry;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate RockPile;

 

   

business strategy;

 

   

pricing pressures and competitive factors;

 

   

the effect of a loss of, or financial distress of, one or more key customers;

 

   

our ability to obtain or renew customer contracts;

 

   

the effect of a loss of, or interruption in operations of, one or more key suppliers;

 

   

the market price and availability of materials or equipment;

 

   

increased costs as the result of being a public company;

 

   

planned acquisitions and future capital expenditures;

 

   

technology;

 

   

financial strategy, liquidity, capital required for our ongoing operations and acquisitions, and our ability raise additional capital;

 

   

our ability to service our debt obligations;

 

   

ability to obtain permits, approvals and authorizations from governmental and third parties, and the effects of government regulation;

 

   

dividends;

 

   

our preliminary results for the three months ended December 31, 2017;

 

   

future operating results; and

 

   

plans, objectives, expectations and intentions.

 

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial

 

42


Table of Contents

condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our 2016 10-K, the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our Third Quarter 10-Q and elsewhere in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements made or incorporated by reference in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made or incorporated by reference in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder, including pursuant to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder, but we will be required to pay the underwriting discounts and commissions associated with such sales of shares.

 

44


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

 

Our common stock has been listed on NYSE under the symbol “FRAC” since January 20, 2017. Our IPO was priced at $19.00 per share on January 19, 2017. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our stock. The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, the high and low sales prices per share for common stock on the NYSE.

 

     High      Low  

2017:

     

First Quarter (from January 20, 2017)

   $ 22.93      $ 13.68  

Second Quarter

   $ 16.81      $ 12.42  

Third Quarter

   $ 16.92      $ 12.51  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 19.13      $ 13.63  

2018:

     

First Quarter (through January 10, 2018)

     $19.22        $18.18  

 

On January 10, 2018, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE was $18.76 per share. As of January 9, 2018, we had 13 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

 

45


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date. However, we anticipate that our board of directors will consider the payment of dividends in the future based on our increasing levels of profitability and associated reduced debt leverage. We are not required to pay dividends, and our stockholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights to receive, dividends. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. Our board of directors may decide, in its discretion, at any time, to modify or repeal the dividend policy or discontinue entirely the payment of dividends.

 

The ability of our board of directors to declare a dividend is also subject to limits imposed by Delaware corporate law. Under Delaware law, our board of directors and the boards of directors of our corporate subsidiaries incorporated in Delaware may declare dividends only to the extent of our “surplus,” which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital, or if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock—Because we do not currently plan to pay dividends following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.”

 

Our ability to pay dividends is limited by restrictions on our ability under the terms of our indebtedness to make distributions, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our ABL Facility and New Term Loan Facility. We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments. KGI and its subsidiaries are subject to general restrictions imposed on dividend payments under the laws of their jurisdictions of incorporation or organization. For more information, see “Description of Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—The agreements governing our indebtedness contain operating covenants and restrictions that limit our operations and could lead to adverse consequences if we fail to comply with them.”

 

46


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2017:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the payment by the Company of approximately $6.6 million of estimated fees and expenses related to the sale of shares offered hereby, including underwriting discounts (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

 

You should read this table together with “Selected Historical Financial Information” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our 2016 10-K, “Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Third Quarter 10-Q and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere and incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

 

     As of September  30,
2017
 
     Actual     As Adjusted  
     (dollars in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 71.7     $ 65.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, including current maturities

    

ABL Facility(1)

   $ —       $ —    

New Term Loan Facility(1)

     275.6       275.6  

Capital leases

     7.6       7.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Debt

   $ 283.2     $ 283.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized and 111,831,176 shares issued and outstanding on an actual and as adjusted basis

     1.1       1.1  

Additional paid-in capital

     537.8       537.8  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)

     (2.7     (2.7

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (71.3     (71.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 464.9     $ 464.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 748.1     $ 748.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   The ABL Facility and the New Term Loan Facility and the related interest expense, debt issuance costs, debt discount costs and the amortization expense on the debt issuance and debt discount costs are reflected in our financial statements incorporated by reference herein. Please refer to “Note 8—Long-Term Debt” to our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 and “Note 7—Long-Term Debt” to our unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 for further information.

 

47


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information presents Keane’s unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 based upon the consolidated historical financial statements of Keane, after giving effect to the following transactions (collectively, the “Transactions”), which are described further in the notes below:

 

   

the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations (Note 2);

 

   

the RockPile Transactions (including the consummation of the RockPile Acquisition and the Additional Financing under the Incremental Term Loan Facility (as defined herein)) (Note 3);

 

   

the Organizational Transactions (Note 4); and

 

   

the IPO Transactions (Note 5).

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 give pro forma effect to the RockPile Transactions, the Organizational Transactions and the IPO Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 also give pro forma effect to the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2016.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information includes adjustments that give effect to events that are directly attributable to the Transactions described above, are factually supportable and, with respect to our statement of operations, are expected to have a continuing impact.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information is provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the Transactions had been completed as of the dates set forth above, nor is it indicative of the future results of the Company. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information also does not give effect to the potential impact of any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may result from the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations, the RockPile Transactions or any integration costs that do not have a continuing impact.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Keane, the Acquired Trican Operations, and RockPile incorporated by reference or included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

48


Table of Contents

KEANE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT

OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

    Historical     Pro Forma  
    Keane     RockPile
(January 1-
June 30,
2017)
    RockPile
(July 1-
July 2,
2017)
    Adjustments
for

RockPile
Transactions
          Adjustments
for
Organizational
Transactions
          Adjustments
for IPO
Transactions
          Combined  

Revenue

  $ 1,040,591     $ 188,070     $ 2,202     $ (74     3a.     $ —         $ —         $ 1,230,789  

Operating costs and expenses:

                   

Cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization, shown separately)

    893,465       167,043       1,885       (13,076     3b.       —           (1,266     5a.       1,048,051  

Depreciation and amortization

    109,316       628       —         23,745       3c.       —           —           133,689  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    68,915       28,454       451       (10,231     3d.       —           (4,519     5b.       83,070  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

    (137     —         —         —                   (137
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    1,071,559       196,125       2,336       438         —           (5,785       1,264,673  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (30,968     (8,055     (134     (512       —           5,785         (33,884
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other expense:

                   

Other income, net

    4,647       9       1       —           —           —           4,657  

Interest expense

    (51,905     (294     0       (6,096     3e.       —           25,174       5c.       (33,121
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    (47,258     (285     1       (6,096       —           25,174         (28,464
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (78,226     (8,340     (133     (6,608       —           30,959         (62,348
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax expense

    (1,862     —         —         —         3f.       26,003       4a.       —           24,141  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (80,088   $ (8,340   $ (133   $ (6,608     $ 26,003       $ 30,959       $ (38,207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Predecessor

    (8,769     —         —         —           —           —           —    

Net loss attributable to Keane Group, Inc.

    (71,319     —         —         —           —           —           —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    108       —         —         —           —           —           108  

Hedging activities

    6       —         —         —           —           —           6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (79,974   $ (8,340   $ (133   $ (6,608     $ 26,003       $ 30,959       $ (38,093
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

                   

Basic and diluted net loss per share

                    $ (0.34

Weighted-average shares outstanding: basic and diluted

          8,684       3g.       87,313         15,700         111,697  

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information.

 

49


Table of Contents

KEANE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT

OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

    Historical     Pro Forma  
    Keane     Trican     RockPile
Predecessor
(January 1-
September 7,
2016)
    RockPile
Successor
(September 8-
December 31,
2016)
    Adjustments
for
Acquired
Trican
Operations
          Adjustments for
RockPile
Transactions
          Adjustments for
Organizational
Transactions
          Adjustments for
IPO Transactions
          Combined  

Revenue

  $ 420,570     $ 43,466     $ 75,695     $ 47,842     $ —         $ (141     3a.     $ —         $ —         $ 587,432  

Operating costs and expenses:

                           

Cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization, shown separately)

    416,342       21,456       83,618       45,811       1,248       2a.       (21,262     3b.       —           —           547,213  

Depreciation and amortization

    100,979       4,779       479       355       10,286       2b.       47,901       3c.       —           —           164,779  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    52,768       36,286       21,269       7,533       (19,166     2c.       2,011       3d.       —           —           100,701  

Impairment

    185       —         —         —         —           —           —           —           185  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    570,274       62,521       105,366       53,699       (7,632       28,650         —           —           812,878  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (149,704     (19,055     (29,671     (5,857     7,632         (28,791       —           —           (225,446
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                           

Other income (expense), net

    916       (16,338     60,933       5       —           —           —           —           45,516  

Interest expense

    (38,299     (1,531     (3,651     (16     (936     2d.       (12,284     3e.       —           14,209       5c.       (42,508
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    (37,383     (17,869     57,282       (11     (936       (12,284       —           14,209         3,008  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (187,087     (36,924     27,611       (5,868     6,696         (41,075       —           14,209         (222,438
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax expense

    —         —         —         —         —           —         3f.       86,127       4a.       —           86,127  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

    (187,087     (36,924   $ 27,611     $ (5,868     6,696       $ (41,075     $ 86,127       $ 14,209       $ (136,311
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    22       —         —         —         —           —           —           —           22  

Hedging activities

    1,857       —         —         —         —           —           —           —           1,857  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)

  $ (185,208   $ (36,924   $ 27,611     $ (5,868   $ 6,696       $ (41,075     $ 86,127       $ 14,209       $ (134,432
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

                           

Basic and diluted net loss per share

                            $ (1.22

Weighted-average shares outstanding: basic and diluted

                  8,684       3g.       87,313         15,700       5d.       111,697  

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information.

 

50


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

1. Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial information is derived by applying pro forma adjustments to Keane’s historical consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Keane completed its acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations on March 16, 2016, and its acquisition of RockPile on July 3, 2017.

 

The historical financial statements of the Acquired Trican Operations have been extracted from Trican U.S.’s interim financial information as of and for the period ended March 15, 2016. The historical financial statements of RockPile have been extracted from RockPile’s interim financial information as of and for the two day period ended July 2, 2017, the six months ended June 30, 2017, and RockPile’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, which include RockPile’s periods from January 1, 2016 to September 7, 2016 (which are referred to as the results of operations of RockPile Predecessor) and September 8, 2016 to December 31, 2016 (which are referred to as the results of operations of RockPile Successor). Keane, Trican and RockPile have fiscal years that end on December 31.

 

The acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations and RockPile were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total consideration transferred is allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values, in each case based on the estimated fair value as of the acquisition dates. The excess of the consideration transferred over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

 

2. Acquired Trican Operations

 

On March 16, 2016, Keane completed its acquisition of the majority of the U.S. assets and assumed certain liabilities of Trican, which are herein referred to as the Acquired Trican Operations.

 

Conforming Accounting Policies

 

Trican U.S. historically capitalized stainless steel fluid ends within prepaid expenses when used and amortized the cost over a 1,000 hours useful life based on actual usage through selling, general and administrative expenses. Keane capitalizes the cost of stainless steel fluid ends in inventory and expenses it through cost of services when the fluid ends are placed into service.

 

Trican U.S. historically capitalized the costs of fracturing iron in inventory and expensed it through selling, general and administrative expenses when placed into service. Keane’s policy is to record fracturing iron as a fixed asset and to depreciate it over a 13-month useful life.

 

The pro forma adjustments to cost of services, depreciation and amortization expense, and selling, general and administrative expenses include estimates of the impact of conforming Trican U.S.’s accounting policies to Keane’s for stainless steel fluid ends and fracturing iron.

 

51


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

Purchase Price Allocation

 

The Company accounted for the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Our final allocation of the total consideration is set forth below.

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash

   $ 199,400  

Net working capital purchase price adjustment

     6,000  

Class A and C Units issued

     42,669  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 248,069  
  

 

 

 

Purchase consideration allocated to:

  

Accounts receivable

   $ 37,377  

Inventories

     19,804  

Prepaid expenses and other

     7,170  

Property and equipment

     205,133  

Identifiable intangible assets

     3,880  
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired

     273,364  

Accounts payable

     (12,161

Accrued expenses

     (9,524

Current maturities of capital lease obligations

     (1,594

Capital lease obligations, less current maturities

     (2,386

Other liabilities

     (1,372
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

     (27,037

Goodwill

     1,742  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 248,069  
  

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Adjustments for the Acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations

 

The adjustments in each of the statements presented above give effect to the following:

 

   

adjustments associated with the effects of adjusting the historical net book values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to their estimated fair values, such as revised depreciation expense on property and equipment;

 

   

adjustments associated with the amortization of newly acquired intangible assets;

 

   

consideration of non-recurring items directly attributable to our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations such as transaction costs, termination benefits, stay bonuses and excluded businesses; and

 

   

adjustments to the historical financial statements of Trican U.S. in order to present its financial statements in conformity with Keane’s accounting policies.

 

a. Cost of Services

 

This adjustment reflects the effect on cost of services of recording fluid ends through cost of sales in accordance with Keane’s accounting policies rather than through selling, general and administrative expenses as was historically the practice under Trican U.S.’s accounting policies.

 

52


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

b. Depreciation and Amortization

 

The net pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization is comprised of the following items:

 

(in thousands)

   Year
ended
December  31,

2016
 

Elimination of Trican’s historical depreciation and amortization expense

   $ (33,724

Depreciation and amortization expense for acquired assets

     43,154  
  

 

 

 

Adjustment to depreciation and amortization

     9,430  

Adjustment to depreciation expense to conform to Keane’s accounting policies related to fracturing iron

     856  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization

   $ 10,286  
  

 

 

 

 

c. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

The net pro forma adjustment to selling, general and administrative expenses is comprised of the following items:

 

(in thousands)

   Year
ended
December  31,

2016
 

Elimination of Keane transaction costs related to the Trican transaction

   $ (15,404

Elimination of retention bonuses and termination benefits related to the acquisition

     (1,844

Elimination of selling, general and administrative expense related to excluded business

     (74

Adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense to conform to Keane’s accounting policies related to fluid ends and fracturing iron

     (1,844
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ (19,166
  

 

 

 

 

d. Interest Expense

 

Represents the incremental interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees related to the 2016 Term Loan Facility used to finance the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations using an annual current interest rate of 8.5%. This adjustment also eliminates the interest expense associated with historical debt of Trican U.S. that we did not assume.

 

3. RockPile Transactions

 

On July 3, 2017 (the “RockPile Closing Date”), the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding equity interests in RockPile.

 

Prior to our acquisition of RockPile, on September 8, 2016, RockPile was acquired by a wholly owned subsidiary of RockPile Energy Holdings, LLC, a company controlled by certain funds affiliated with White Deer Energy, L.P. (“White Deer Acquisition”). As a result of the White Deer Acquisition, a new basis of accounting was created on September 8, 2016. The results of operations of RockPile prior to September 8, 2016 are referred to as the results of operations of “RockPile Predecessor”. The results of operations from September 8, 2016 to December 31, 2016 are referred to as the results of operations of “RockPile Successor”. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are based on the historical financial statements of Keane as well as RockPile Predecessor and RockPile Successor prior to the RockPile Transactions.

 

53


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

Significant Nonrecurring Items Included in the Historical Financial Statements

 

RockPile has incurred certain charges that we do not believe to be indicative of core operations and we believe are significant to current operating results, some of which we believe are unlikely to recur. The pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial statements have not been adjusted to eliminate these charges. As such, these charges are separately discussed herein. For further discussion of these items, refer to RockPile’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 and unaudited interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

Cancellation of debt income

 

As a result of the White Deer Acquisition on September 8, 2016, RockPile Predecessor recognized approximately $60.9 million of cancellation of debt income. This gain on debt settlement is included in RockPile Predecessor’s consolidated statements of operations for the period from January 1, 2016 to September 7, 2016.

 

Transaction costs

 

RockPile Predecessor incurred approximately $4.8 million of transaction costs related to the White Deer Acquisition which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in RockPile Predecessor’s statements of operations for the period from January 1, 2016 to September 7, 2016.

 

Conforming Accounting Policies

 

RockPile historically included the portion of depreciation expense related to revenue producing property and equipment in cost of services. Keane presents all depreciation and amortization on a separate line in the statements of operations. The pro forma adjustment reclassifies RockPile’s depreciation expense related to revenue producing property and equipment from cost of services to depreciation and amortization in the pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

RockPile historically expensed certain hydraulic fracturing engine components, such as transmissions and power ends, when purchased. Keane capitalizes the cost of transmissions and power ends and depreciates them over useful lives of three years and two and a half years, respectively, when placed into service. The pro forma adjustment to RockPile’s cost of services removes the impact of expensing these items when purchased. We have included the estimated depreciation expense of these items in depreciation and amortization in the pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

RockPile historically classified rig engines as inventory and expensed the engines as they are placed into service. Keane classifies engines as equipment and depreciates them over useful lives of four years. The pro forma adjustment reclassifies the rig engine from inventory to property, plant and equipment. We have included the estimated depreciation expense of the rig engine in depreciation and amortization in the pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

RockPile historically classified insurance, and property tax expenses as cost of services. Keane classifies these expenses as selling, general and administrative expenses. The pro forma adjustment reclassifies these expenses from cost of services to selling, general and administrative expenses in the pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, RockPile historically classified HSE professional fees as selling, general and administrative expenses. Keane classifies these fees as cost of services. The pro forma adjustment reclassifies HSE professional fees from selling, general and administrative expenses to cost of services in the pro forma condensed, combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

54


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation

 

The Company accounted for the RockPile Transactions using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The purchase accounting is subject to the twelve-month measurement period adjustments to reflect any new information that may be obtained in the future about facts and circumstance that existed as of the acquisition date that if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognized as of that date.

 

The total consideration under GAAP purchase accounting that was transferred to acquire RockPile of $258.8 million, net of cash acquired, is comprised of $116.6 million in cash (as further described in the table below), $130.3 million of RockPile Acquisition Shares and approximately $12.0 million in contingent consideration associated with the CVR Agreement. The equity consideration is calculated based on 8,684,210 shares of Keane common stock issued at a closing stock price on the RockPile Closing Date of $16.29 per share, subject to a 7.9% discount due to lack of marketability as a result of certain of the lockup agreements entered into in connection with the issuance of the RockPile Acquisition Shares.

 

(in thousands)

      

Closing cash purchase price

   $ 107,396  

Seller transaction expenses paid by Keane

     5,199  

Purchase price escrow amount

     1,400  

Indemnification escrow

     1,500  

Insurance Policy

     1,081  
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP cash consideration

   $ 116,576  
  

 

 

 

 

The CVR Agreement entitles each RockPile Holder on the CVR Payment Date to a CVR Payment Amount per RockPile Acquisition Share. The aggregate CVR Payment Amount will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis if (i) the aggregate gross proceeds received in connection with the resale of any RockPile Acquisition Shares plus (ii) the product of the number of RockPile Acquisition Shares held by the RockPile Holders and the Twenty-Day VWAP plus (iii) the aggregate CVR Payment Amount exceeds $165 million. The fair value estimate of the contingent consideration under the CVR Agreement is preliminary and subject to change based on our final fair value estimate.

 

55


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

Our preliminary allocation of the estimated total consideration as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below. These amounts are preliminary and may change when we finalize our fair value estimates. The preliminary allocation of the consideration transferred is based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed:

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash consideration

   $ 116,576  

Equity consideration

     130,290  

Contingent consideration

     11,962  

Less: Cash acquired

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration, less cash acquired

   $ 258,828  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of consideration transferred allocated to:

  

Trade and other accounts receivable

   $ 58,663  

Inventories, net

     2,990  

Prepaid and other current assets

     13,207  

Property and equipment, net

     166,342  

Intangible assets

     19,700  

Notes receivable

     —    

Other noncurrent assets

     358  
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired

     261,260  

Accounts payable

     (22,758

Accrued expenses

     (40,533

Deferred revenue

     (22,355

Other noncurrent liabilities

     (3,239
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

     (88,885

Goodwill

     86,453  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 258,828  
  

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Adjustments for the RockPile Transactions

 

The adjustments in each of the statements presented above give effect to the following:

 

   

adjustments associated with the effects of adjusting the historical net book values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to their estimated fair values and related impact on the statements of operations, such as revised depreciation expense on the estimated fair value of the acquired property and equipment;

 

   

adjustments associated with the amortization of acquired intangible assets;

 

   

consideration of non-recurring items directly attributable to our acquisition of RockPile such as transaction costs;

 

   

adjustments to the historical financial statements of RockPile to present its financial statements in conformity with Keane’s accounting policies;

 

   

the impact of the purchase price allocation of the RockPile Acquisition, including payment of cash and issuance of common stock as part of the consideration transferred to affect the RockPile Acquisition; and

 

   

the Additional Financing under the Company’s Incremental Term Loan Facility used to finance the RockPile Acquisition, and the associated impact to interest expense.

 

56


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss give effect to the following adjustments:

 

a. Revenue

 

Represents the adjustment to reclassify rental income from revenue to reduce rental expense within selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

b. Cost of services

 

The net pro forma adjustment to cost of services is comprised of the following items:

 

           RockPile  

(in thousands)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
    Predecessor
(January 1 –
September 7,
2016)
          Successor
(September 8 –
December 31,
2016)
    Combined
year ended
December 31,
2016
 

Eliminate RockPile’s historical depreciation expense from cost of services

   $ (8,904   $ (14,820       $ (2,680   $ (17,500

Eliminate expenses related to the purchase of power ends and transmissions

     (1,866     (1,113         (1,103     (2,216

Reclassify RockPile’s historical expenses between cost of services and selling, general and administrative expenses

     (2,306     (1,019         (527     (1,546
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to cost of services

   $ (13,076   $ (16,952       $ (4,310   $ (21,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The adjustment to reclassify RockPile’s historical expenses between cost of services and selling, general and administrative expenses include the following adjustments:

 

   

reclassification of historical insurance and property tax expenses of $1.0 million, and $1.6 million for nine months ended September 30, 2017, and year ended December 31, 2016, respectively, from cost of services to selling, general and administrative expenses; and

 

   

remaining balance comprises of reclassification of historical HSE professional fees from selling, general and administrative expenses to cost of services.

 

c. Depreciation and amortization

 

The net pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization is comprised of the following items:

 

           RockPile  

(in thousands)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
    Predecessor
(January 1 –
September 7,
2016)
          Successor
(September 8 –
December 31,
2016)
    Combined
year ended
December 31,
2016
 

Eliminate RockPile’s historical depreciation and amortization expense

   $ (628   $ (479       $ (355   $ (834

Adjust depreciation and amortization expense for acquired assets

     24,373       33,438           15,297       48,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization

   $ 23,745     $ 32,959         $ 14,942     $ 47,901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

Pro forma depreciation and amortization expense related to the assets acquired is recorded within the depreciation and amortization line item in the pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statements of operations.

 

d. Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

The net pro forma adjustment to selling, general and administrative expenses is comprised of the following items:

 

           RockPile  

(in thousands)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
    Predecessor
(January 1 –
September 7,
2016)
          Successor
(September 8 –
December 31,
2016)
     Combined
year ended
December 31,
2016
 

Eliminate transaction costs related to the RockPile Acquisition

   $ (9,122   $ —           $ —        $ —    

Reclassify RockPile’s historical expenses between selling, general and administrative expense and cost of services

     847       944           461        1,405  

Adjust for new compensation arrangements with RockPile personnel

     (1,956     450           156        606  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ (10,231   $ 1,394         $ 617      $ 2,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The adjustment to eliminate transaction costs related to the RockPile Acquisition includes the elimination of legal and other professional fees incurred during the historical period that are non-recurring but are directly attributable to the transaction.

 

The adjustment to reclassify RockPile’s historical expenses between selling, general and administrative expenses and cost of services include the following adjustments:

 

   

reclassification of historical insurance and property tax expenses of $1.0 million and $1.6 million for nine months ended September 30, 2017 and year ended December 31, 2016, respectively, from cost of services to selling, general and administrative expenses; and

 

   

remaining balance comprises of reclassifications of historical expenses such as rental income and HSE professional fees.

 

The adjustment for new compensation arrangements with RockPile employees include the following adjustments:

 

   

addition of stock compensation expense related to new Keane restricted stock units and stock options issued to four RockPile executives;

 

   

elimination of RockPile’s historical stock compensation expense related to the five RockPile executives who received new Keane stock compensation awards;

 

   

elimination of executive retention bonuses related to the RockPile Transactions that were paid by RockPile in the nine months ended September 30, 2017; and

 

   

addition of $1.0 million of expense related to RockPile’s two-year executive retention bonus program, which will be paid ratably by Keane on the first and second anniversaries of the RockPile Closing Date.

 

e. Interest expense

 

Represents the adjustment to reflect interest expense and amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing fees related to the Incremental Term Loan Facility based on a current interest rate of 8.56%.

 

58


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Information

 

f. Income tax expense

 

We have included the pro forma income tax expense adjustment in 4a. as Keane became a taxable entity in conjunction with the Organizational Transactions.

 

g. Net loss per share

 

Represents the adjustment to issue 8,684,210 shares of Keane’s common stock to the seller as part of the purchase consideration. As a result of the pro forma combined and consolidated net loss reported for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, the basic and diluted net loss per share were the same, with no consideration given to potentially anti-dilutive securities.

 

4. Pro Forma Adjustments for the Organizational Transactions

 

In conjunction with the IPO on January 25, 2017, all operating subsidiaries became subsidiaries of Keane Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation. As a result, all of our operations became taxable as part of a consolidated group for federal income tax purposes.

 

a. Provision for income taxes

 

The pro forma adjustment to income tax (benefit) expense is derived by applying a combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.72% to the pro forma pre-tax earnings of the Company, which assumes that all of the Keane Group, Inc. entities are taxable as a group for federal and state income tax purposes.

 

5. Pro Forma Adjustments for the IPO Transactions

 

On January 25, 2017, the Company completed the initial public offering of its shares. The net proceeds were used to fully repay KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC’s term loan balance of $99 million under the 2016 Term Loan Facility and the associated prepayment premium of $13.8 million, and to repay $50 million of the Company’s Notes and the associated prepayment premium of approximately $0.5 million.

 

a. Cost of services

 

Represents the elimination of employee bonus expense associated with the IPO Transactions recorded in cost of services.

 

b. Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Represents the elimination of transaction costs and employee bonus expense associated with the IPO Transactions recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

c. Interest expense

 

Represents the adjustment to interest expense associated with the repayment of the 2016 Term Loan Facility and the partial repayment of the Notes. The adjustment to the pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 includes the removal of the prepayment penalties and write-off of original issue discount and deferred financing fees associated with these early repayments.

 

d. Net loss per share

 

Represents the adjustment of 15,700,000 common shares offered by the Company in the IPO Transactions.

 

59


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Director Compensation Table

 

Four current members of our board of directors, Elmer D. Reed, Marc G. R. Edwards, Gary M. Halverson and Christian A. Garcia, received compensation for service on our board of directors during fiscal year 2017, as set forth in the table below and as described in the accompanying narrative.

 

Name

   Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards
($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Gary M. Halverson

     75,000        —          —          —          —          —          75,000  

Elmer D. Reed

     75,000        —          —          —          —          —          75,000  

Marc G. R. Edwards

     100,000        —          —          —          —          —          100,000  

Christian A. Garcia(2)

     46,978        274,542        —          —          —          —          321,520  

 

(1)   Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718 of the restricted stock to Mr. Garcia in fiscal year 2017. See Note 12—Stock-Based Compensation in our unaudited consolidated financial statements, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, for a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation of such awards.
(2)   Mr. Garcia joined our board of directors effective May 15, 2017.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the aggregate number of shares of restricted stock held by each non-employee director was:

 

Name

   Number of Shares
of Restricted Stock
 

Gary M. Halverson

     20,833  

Elmer D. Reed

     20,833  

Marc G. R. Edwards

     34,722  

Christian A. Garcia

     18,947  

 

We have entered into Director Services Agreements with each of Marc G. R. Edwards, Gary M. Halverson, Elmer D. Reed and Christian A. Garcia. The Director Services Agreements provide that each such director serves on an at-will basis until the earlier of his disability, death, resignation or removal.

 

Pursuant to the Director Services Agreement with Mr. Edwards, he serves as our lead director and is entitled to receive an annual fee of $100,000 per year. The Director Services Agreements with Messrs. Halverson, Reed and Garcia provide that each director is entitled to receive an annual fee of $75,000 per year.

 

In connection with his appointment as a director, on May 15, 2017, we granted Mr. Garcia 18,947 shares of restricted stock under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan. Subject to Mr. Garcia’s continued service with the Company on each vesting date, his restricted stock will vest in three equal installments on each of March 15, 2018, March 15, 2019 and March 15, 2020, and will become fully vested upon a change in control. All unvested restricted stock will be forfeited upon a termination of service for any reason, except that upon a termination of service without cause, (i) all unvested restricted stock that would have vested on the next vesting date following the termination will vest upon such termination and (ii) the remaining unvested restricted stock will remain outstanding for a period of 90 days following the termination date and will vest if a change in control occurs during such 90-day period.

 

60


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis

 

This Compensation Discussion & Analysis (“CD&A”) explains our executive compensation program for our named executive officers (“NEOs”) listed below. This CD&A also describes the compensation committee’s process for making pay decisions, as well as its rationale for specific decisions related to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (“fiscal year 2017”).

 

NEO

  

Title

James C. Stewart

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)

Gregory L. Powell

   President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”)

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

   Chief Operating Officer

Kevin M. McDonald

   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Ian J. Henkes

   Vice President & General Manager, South Region and National Wireline (1)

R. Curt Dacar

   Former Chief Commercial Officer (2)

 

(1)   Mr. Henkes served in the position of Vice President of Human Resources through June 30, 2017. Effective as of July 2017, he was promoted to the position of Vice President & General Manager, South Region and National Wireline.
(2)   Mr. Dacar separated from service with the Company on September 1, 2017.

 

Executive Summary

 

Compensation Practices & Policies

 

The following practices and policies in our program promote sound compensation governance and are in the best interests of our stockholders and executives:

 

   

We link a significant portion of compensation to our annual financial performance or long-term stock price performance

 

   

We use an independent compensation consultant

 

   

We have a clawback policy covering cash and equity compensation

 

   

We have a prohibition on option repricing without stockholder approval

 

   

We have a prohibition on hedging of Company securities by our executive officers

 

   

We provide no single-trigger change-of-control cash severance payments

 

   

We provide no excise tax gross-ups

 

2017 Compensation Actions At-A-Glance

 

The compensation committee took the following compensation-related actions for fiscal year 2017:

 

   

Compensation Adjustments:

 

   

Starting on March 4, 2015, each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis participated in a cost reduction program that included a 20% reduction to each such NEO’s base salary. Due to the Company’s improved economic conditions and financial performance, effective July 1, 2017, the compensation committee approved the restoration of the base salaries of each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis to the level provided for in the NEO’s Executive Employment Agreement (as discussed below).

 

   

In connection with our IPO, the compensation committee approved an increase in Mr. Henkes’ severance entitlement from six months to twelve months of his base salary. Further, due to his increased responsibilities in connection with his promotion from Vice President of Human Resources to Vice President & General Manager, South Region and National Wireline, effective as of July 2017, the compensation committee approved an increase of Mr. Henkes’ annual base salary from $245,000 to $300,000, and of his target annual bonus from 75% to 100% of base salary.

 

61


Table of Contents
   

In connection with the annual review of Mr. McDonald’s compensation, taking into account his achievements, his future potential contributions, the scope of his responsibilities and experiences and following a review of the compensation paid to the chief legal officers in our peer group, effective as of December 1, 2017, the compensation committee approved an increase of Mr. McDonald’s annual base salary from $335,000 to $400,000, and his target annual bonus from 75% to 100% of base salary.

 

   

Retention Bonuses/ Deferred Stock Awards: In 2016, in connection with our IPO, the compensation committee approved cash retention bonuses to each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell, DeBonis and Henkes to incentivize successful completion of the IPO and their continued service with the Company. To further align the interests of our senior management team with our stockholders, on March 16, 2017, the compensation committee and each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis agreed that in lieu of cash retention payments, such NEOs would be granted Deferred Stock Awards as further described below.

 

   

Annual Incentives: The compensation committee adopted an annual bonus program for fiscal year 2017, based on the achievement of specific Company performance objectives. The actual amounts earned for fiscal year 2017 are subject to final determination and approval by the compensation committee.

 

   

Long-Term Incentives: A significant amount of the compensation delivered to the NEOs is in the form of equity. In addition to the Deferred Stock Awards granted to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis, the NEOs were awarded long-term incentives consisting of a mixture of restricted stock unit awards and stock options. The compensation committee believes the use of these equity vehicles creates strong alignment with the Company’s stockholders by linking NEO compensation closely to stock performance. For the stock options granted to the NEOs in fiscal year 2017, the exercise price was set at $19.00 per share, our IPO price. This resulted in a premium of approximately 30% above the closing price of our common stock on the grant date with respect to the stock options granted to the NEOs other than Mr. Dacar, and a premium of approximately 17% above the closing price of our common stock on the grant date with respect to the stock options granted to Mr. Dacar.

 

What Guides Our Program

 

Our Compensation Philosophy

 

Our compensation philosophy is driven by the following guiding principles:

 

   

A significant portion of an executive’s total compensation should be variable (“at-risk”) and linked to the achievement of specific short- and long-term performance objectives.

 

   

Executives should be compensated through pay elements (base salaries, short and long-term incentives) designed to enhance stockholder value by incentivizing our executives to work towards goals that drive a suitable rate of return on stockholder investment.

 

   

Target compensation should be competitive with that being offered to individuals in comparable roles at other companies with which we compete for talent to ensure we employ the best people to lead the successful implementation of our business plans and to attract the caliber of executive we need to support the long-term growth of our enterprise.

 

   

Decisions about compensation should be guided by best-practice governance standards and rigorous processes that encourage prudent decision-making.

 

62


Table of Contents

The Principal Elements of Pay

 

Our compensation philosophy is supported by the following principal elements of pay:

 

Pay Element

 

How it’s Paid

 

Purpose

Base Salary

 

Cash

(Fixed)

  Provide a competitive base salary rate relative to similar positions in the market and enable the Company to attract and retain critical executive talent

Annual Incentives

 

Cash

(Variable)

  Reward executives for delivering on annual financial and strategic objectives that contribute to stockholder value creation

Long-Term Incentives

 

Equity

(Variable)

  Provide incentives for executives to execute on longer-term financial and strategic goals that drive stockholder value creation and support the Company’s retention strategy

Retention Awards

 

Cash or Equity

(Fixed)

  Provide incentive for executives to remain employed with the Company following our IPO to continue to drive stockholder value creation and support the Company’s retention strategy.

 

Pay Mix

 

A majority of NEO total direct compensation for fiscal year 2017 was variable, at approximately 93% for our CEO, and approximately of 91% for our other NEOs (excluding Mr. Dacar). The following charts illustrate the total direct compensation mix for our CEO and our other NEOs for fiscal year 2017:

 

CEO

 

  

Other NEOs (average)

 

LOGO

 

93% Variable

  

LOGO

 

91% Variable

 

Our Decision Making Process

 

The Role of the Compensation Committee

 

The compensation committee oversees the executive compensation program for our NEOs. The compensation committee is comprised of members of our board of directors. As a “controlled company,” the company is not required to comply with the NYSE corporate governance requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors. The compensation committee works very closely with its independent consultant and management to examine the effectiveness of the Company’s executive compensation program throughout the year. The compensation committee evaluates, determines and approves the compensation

 

63


Table of Contents

of our CEO and other executive officers, and to recommend the compensation of our outside directors. The compensation committee administers the Company’s equity plans and has overall responsibility for monitoring of the Company’s executive compensation policies, plans and programs. The compensation committee may delegate its authority relating to non-employee director compensation to a subcommittee consisting of one or more members, when appropriate. Details of the compensation committee’s authority and responsibilities are specified in the committee’s charter which is available on the Company’s website at www.keanegrp.com.

 

The Role of Management

 

Compensation committee meetings are regularly attended by our CEO, CFO, and General Counsel. Each of the management attendees provides the compensation committee with his specific expertise and the business and financial context necessary to understand and properly target financial and performance metrics. None of the members of management are present during the compensation committee’s deliberations regarding their own compensation adjustments, but the Company’s independent compensation consultant may participate in those discussions.

 

The Role of the Independent Consultant

 

The compensation committee has the full authority to engage compensation consultants and other advisors to assist it in the performance of its responsibilities. Prior to retaining, or seeking advice from, a compensation consultant or other advisor, the compensation committee must consider the independence of such compensation consultant or other advisor. The independent compensation consultant retained by the compensation committee reports directly to the compensation committee.

 

In 2017, the compensation committee engaged Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC (“Pearl Meyer”) as its independent compensation consultant. The compensation committee assessed the independence of Pearl Meyer and determined that its work for the compensation committee has not raised any conflict of interest. In 2017, Pearl Meyer provided services to the compensation committee, including (i) a refreshed compensation review for the executive officers of the Company, including the NEOs, (ii) an assessment of the Company’s compensation components compared to survey and peer group data; and (iii) recommendations for total compensation opportunity guidelines (i.e., base salary and annual and long-term incentive targets). Pearl Meyer does not provide any services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than the services provided to the compensation committee.

 

64


Table of Contents

The Role of the Peer Group

 

The compensation committee strives to set a competitive level of total compensation for each NEO as compared with executives in similar positions at peer companies. For purposes of setting fiscal year 2017 compensation levels, in conjunction with the recommendation of Pearl Meyer, the compensation committee took into account publicly-available data from industry compensation surveys and proxy statements from the group of peer companies listed below.

 

Peer Companies
C&J Energy Services   Patterson-UTI Energy, Inc.
Ensco, Plc.   Pioneer Energy Services Corp.
Forum Energy Technologies   Precision Drilling Corporation
Helmerich & Payne, Inc.   ProPetro Holding Corp.
Nabors Industries, Ltd.   Rowan Companies, Plc.
Noble Corporation, Plc.   RPC, Inc.
Oil States International, Inc.   Superior Energy Services, Inc.
Parker Drilling Company  

Peer Group Data Summary

  Revenue*      Market Cap**  
     $ Millions  
Percentile       
25th   $ 775      $ 1,139  
50th   $ 1,338      $ 1,559  
75th   $ 1,768      $ 2,165  
        
FRAC   $ 1,561      $ 1,673  
Percentile Rank     56th        55th  
 

 

*   Projected 2017—Source Standard & Poor’s Capital IQ;
**   As of November 30, 2017—Source Standard & Poor’s Capital IQ

 

This market data is not the sole determinant in setting executive pay levels. The compensation committee also considers Company and individual performance, the nature of an individual’s role within the Company, and his or her experience and contributions to his or her current role when making its compensation-related decisions.

 

The 2017 Executive Compensation Program in Detail

 

Base Salary

 

We provide each of our NEOs with a competitive fixed annual base salary. The base salaries for our NEOs are set forth in employment agreements between the Company and each NEO (the “Executive Employment Agreements”) and are reviewed annually by the compensation committee by taking into account the results achieved by each executive, his future potential contributions, scope of responsibilities and experience, and competitive pay practices. See the section titled “—Employment Agreements” below for a further discussion regarding the Executive Employment Agreements.

 

Pursuant to the Executive Employment Agreements with each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis, each such NEO’s base salary was subject to the across-the-board 20% payroll reduction approved by the compensation committee on March 4, 2015 (the “Payroll Reduction Initiative”). Due to the Company’s improved economic conditions and financial performance, the compensation committee rescinded the Payroll Reduction Initiative effective July 1, 2017 (the “Rescission Date”). The following table sets forth the annual rate of base salary that each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis was entitled to receive prior to the Rescission Date and the annual rate of base salary each such NEO became entitled to receive on the Rescission Date:

 

     Base Salary Prior to
Rescission Date
     Base Salary Following
Rescission Date
 

James C. Stewart

   $ 800,000      $ 1,000,000  

Gregory L. Powell

   $ 450,000      $ 800,000  

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

   $ 300,000      $ 350,000  

 

65


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Executive Employment Agreements with each of Messrs. McDonald and Henkes, for fiscal year 2017 such NEOs were initially entitled to an annual base salary of $335,000 and $245,000, respectively. In connection with the annual review of Mr. McDonald’s compensation, taking into account his achievements, his future potential contributions, the scope of his responsibilities and experience, and following a review of the base salaries paid to the chief legal officers in our peer group, effective as of December 1, 2017, the compensation committee approved a 19% market-based adjustment of Mr. McDonald’s annual base salary to $400,000. In connection with the increased responsibilities assumed by Mr. Henkes in connection with his promotion, effective as of July 2017, the compensation committee approved a 22% adjustment of Mr. Henkes’ annual base salary to $300,000.

 

Pursuant to the Executive Employment Agreements entered into with Mr. Dacar as of May 18, 2017, Mr. Dacar was entitled to an annual base salary of $440,000. The compensation package provided to Mr. Dacar was intended to incentivize him to remain with the Company and assist in the integration of the RockPile business into the Company’s operations.

 

Special Bonuses, Payments and Awards

 

Trican Transaction Retention Payments

 

Effective upon the consummation of the Trican transaction, our board of directors approved the payment of monthly retention bonuses to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis, in the amounts set forth in the table below (the “Retention Payments”), to be paid through the month prior to the month in which the Payroll Reduction Initiative was rescinded. The Retention Payments were reflected in the Executive Employment Agreements with each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis. The intent of the Retention Payments was to provide additional compensation to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis during the Payroll Reduction Initiative in recognition of their managing a larger entity following the consummation of the Trican transaction. Due to the Company’s improved economic conditions and financial performance, the compensation committee rescinded the Payroll Reduction Initiative on the Rescission Date and thereafter Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis ceased to be eligible to receive the Retention Payments.

 

     Monthly Retention
Payment Prior to
Rescission Date
 

James C. Stewart

   $ 13,333  

Gregory L. Powell

   $ 23,333  

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

   $ 3,333  

 

IPO Bonus and Deferred Stock Awards

 

In 2016, our board of directors approved a cash bonus pool to be allocated to employees who services were deemed necessary for the consummation of an initial public offering of our stock, including Messrs. Stewart, Powell, DeBonis and Henkes (“IPO Bonuses”). Subject to the consummation of an initial public offering of our stock, participants in the bonus pool would become eligible to receive two IPO Bonus payments, the first on January 1, 2018 and the second on January 1, 2019, subject to continued service through the payment date. Accordingly, upon the consummation of the IPO, Messrs. Stewart, Powell, DeBonis and Henkes each became eligible to receive two IPO Bonus payments in the amounts set forth in the table below, the first on January 1, 2018 and the second on January 1, 2019. The Executive Employment Agreements with each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis, were amended to reflect these IPO Bonus payments.

 

On March 16, 2017, to further align the interests of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis with those of our stockholders, our board of directors approved, and each such NEO agreed, that in lieu of such cash IPO Bonus payments, the NEO was granted a deferred stock award under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan. Each

 

66


Table of Contents

deferred stock award provides that, subject to the NEO remaining employed through the applicable vesting date and complying with the restrictive covenants imposed on him under his Executive Employment Agreement, the first stock bonus became vested on January 1, 2018 and be paid on February 15, 2018, and the second stock bonus will become vested on January 1, 2019 and be paid on February 15, 2019. If we incur a change of control or if the NEO’s employment is terminated by us without Cause or, in the case of Mr. Stewart or Mr. Powell, by him for Good Reason (such terms are discussed below), the NEO will be entitled to receive payment of any unpaid stock bonus. Each stock bonus will be paid in that number of shares of our common stock having a fair market value on the payment date equal to the bonus amount set forth in the table below:

 

     Bonus Amounts  
     First Bonus      Second Bonus  

James C. Stewart

   $ 1,975,706      $ 1,975,706  

Gregory L. Powell

   $ 1,646,422      $ 1,646,422  

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

   $ 658,569      $ 658,569  

Ian J. Henkes

   $ 43,897      $ 43,897  

 

RockPile Transaction Bonus Award

 

In connection with the RockPile Transaction, we agreed to provide Mr. Dacar with three separate cash retention bonuses subject to his continued employment: $630,000 if he remained employed by RockPile through the closing date of the RockPile Transaction; $315,000 on the first anniversary of the closing date of the RockPile Transaction; and $315,000 on the second anniversary of the closing date of the RockPile Transaction (the “RockPile Bonuses”). The first RockPile Bonus was paid to Mr. Dacar in connection with the closing of the RockPile Transaction. Pursuant to the Dacar Separation Agreement (as defined below), the Company has agreed that following his separation from service, Mr. Dacar remains eligible to receive the remaining RockPile Bonus payments when otherwise payable.

 

Value Creation Plan

 

Effective upon the consummation of the Trican transaction, each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis became eligible to participate in our Value Creation Plan (the “Value Creation Plan”). Pursuant to the Value Creation Plan, each such NEO was eligible to receive up to three bonus payments, each in the amount of $666,667 for Messrs. Stewart and Powell and in the amount of $166,667 for Mr. DeBonis. Each bonus payment was payable upon our achievement of a financial or other milestone and the NEO remaining continuously employed through the payment date.

 

The first bonus was paid to the NEOs in June 2016 upon our achievement of over $66 million of demonstrated synergies as outlined in our Trican underwriting plan. The second bonus was paid upon the consummation of the IPO. The third bonus payment was payable if we generated at least $135 million of Adjusted EBITDA in fiscal year 2017. Subject to confirmation and approval by the compensation committee, this milestone was achieved and the third bonus was earned in fiscal year 2017 and will be paid in 2018.

 

2017 Annual Incentives

 

Each Executive Employment Agreement provides that the NEO is eligible for an annual bonus. The Executive Employment Agreements with Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis each provide, and the Executive Employment agreement with Dacar provided, for a target annual bonus at 100% of base salary for the applicable year and the Executive Employment Agreements with Messrs. McDonald and Henkes each provided for a target annual bonus at 75% of base salary for the applicable year. In connection with the increased responsibilities assumed by Mr. Henkes in connection with his promotion, effective as of July 2017, the compensation committee approved an increase of Mr. Henkes’ target annual bonus to 100% of base salary. In connection with the annual review of Mr. McDonald’s compensation, taking into account his achievements, his future potential

 

67


Table of Contents

contributions, the scope of his responsibilities and experience, and following a review of the compensation paid to the chief legal officers in our peer group, effective as of December 1, 2017, the compensation committee approved an increase of Mr. McDonald’s target annual bonus to 100% of base salary. The actual annual bonuses payable to Messrs. Henkes and McDonald will be determined by applying 75% to the base salary paid for the period prior to the increase in their target bonuses, and 100% to the base salary paid for the period following the increase in their target bonuses.

 

The compensation committee adopted the Annual Executive Bonus Program for Fiscal Year 2017 (the “2017 Executive Bonus Program”) under the terms of the Company’s Executive Incentive Bonus Plan. Initially, the 2017 Executive Bonus Program provided that each NEO was eligible to receive an annual bonus for fiscal year 2017 calculated by multiplying the NEO’s target bonus by the achieved “Funding Level” based on the Company’s achievement of the following metrics:

 

Performance Objectives

  

2017 Performance Metrics

  

Weighting

Corporate Financial Results    Cash Flow    50%
Corporate Financial Results    Adjusted EBITDA    50%

 

The funding amount was to be determined as set forth in the table below:

 

Achievement Level

  

Performance Hurdle

  

Funding Level

Threshold   

Cash Flow: $0

Adjusted EBITDA: $73.6M

   50%
Target   

Cash Flow: $16M

Adjusted EBITDA: $92M

   100%
Stretch Level 1   

Cash Flow: $31M

Adjusted EBITDA: $115M

   150%
Stretch Level 2   

Cash Flow: $50M

Adjusted EBITDA: $138M

   200%
Stretch Level 3   

Cash Flow: >$50M

Adjusted EBITDA: >$138M

   Linear incremental bonus increase up to the maximum bonus award provided under the Company’s Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.

 

The Funding Level would increase on a linear basis between the Threshold, Target and stretch performance hurdles.

 

The compensation committee chose to utilize cash flow from operating activities and Adjusted EBITDA as they are pure measures of our profitability and how well our management team is operating the Company on a day-to-day basis.

 

In October 2017, in consultation with its compensation consultant Pearl Meyer, the compensation committee determined that:

 

   

as a result of favorable market conditions and the Company’s ability to deploy additional fleets, and the resultant increase in working capital, cash flow became less of an indicator of management or the Company’s performance;

 

   

market conditions resulted in Adjusted EBITDA having an increased importance as a performance metric;

 

   

the successful integration of the RockPile business had become a priority for management for fiscal year 2017; and

 

   

the initial Adjusted EBITDA “Performance Hurdle” metrics, which were based on our IPO performance modeling, required updating following the RockPile Transaction to reflect the resulting additional Adjusted EBITDA reflected in the disclosed transaction forecast model used in connection with the RockPile Transaction.

 

68


Table of Contents

Therefore, the compensation committee determined that the metrics under the 2017 Executive Bonus Plan should be adjusted to provide that the “Funding Level” would be based on the Company’s achievement of the following metrics:

 

Performance Objectives

  

2017 Performance Metrics

  

Weighting

Corporate Financial Results    Adjusted EBITDA    70%
Strategic Achievements    The successful completion of, and execution of the integration plan for, the RockPile Transaction (“RockPile Integration”)    30%

 

The funding of the Adjusted EBITDA metric was further adjusted as follows:

 

Achievement Level

  

Adjusted EBITDA

Performance Hurdle

  

Funding Level

Threshold    $98.8M    50%
Target    $123.5M    100%
Stretch Level 1    $154.4M    150%
Stretch Level 2    $185.3M    200%
Stretch Level 3    >$185.3M    Linear incremental bonus increase up to the maximum bonus award provided under the Company’s Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.

 

The Funding Level would increase on a linear basis between the Threshold, Target and stretch performance hurdles.

 

We believe that the RockPile Integration has substantially been achieved and, subject to the completion of our audit for fiscal year 2017 and the final determination and approval of the compensation committee, that we have achieved a level of Adjusted EBITDA that will result in a Funding Level of at least 200% of target under the 2017 Executive Bonus Program. The Company has accrued an amount equal to 200% of the target bonuses for each participant in the 2017 Executive Bonus Program under the financial statements. The Company intends to disclose the actual amounts earned by the NEOs under the 2017 Executive Bonus Plan following the completion of our audit for fiscal year 2017 and the final determination and approval of the compensation committee.

 

2017 Long-Term Incentives

 

Long-term equity awards provide a strong link between executive pay and stockholder interests. Our NEOs are eligible to receive long-term equity awards under the stockholder approved Equity and Incentive Award Plan. For fiscal year 2017, equity awards were granted as a combination of stock options and restricted stock unit awards.

 

   

Stock options are performance-based awards that provide meaningful incentives for management to execute on the longer-term financial and strategic growth goals that drive stockholder value creation. This is because they only provide value to the NEOs if the price of the Company’s stock appreciates over time. Specifically, the value of the award depends on the price of our common stock in the future as compared to the exercise price of the options granted. There can be no assurance that any value will actually be realized under the stock options. As discussed below, for the stock options granted to the NEOs in fiscal year 2017, the exercise price was set at $19.00 per share, our IPO price, which resulted in a premium above the closing price of our common stock on the applicable grant date.

 

   

Restricted stock unit awards are intended to provide the NEOs with the economic equivalent of a direct ownership interest in the Company during the vesting period and provide the Company with significant retention security regardless of post-grant stock price volatility.

 

69


Table of Contents

For fiscal year 2017, in conjunction with our IPO, the compensation committee consulted with Pearl Meyer and reviewed long-term incentive awards granted by other companies that had recently consummated initial public offerings and emerging companies. The compensation committee approved grants at levels higher than it intends to grant in future years to recognize the achievement of our NEOs in growing the business and positioning the Company for success following our IPO, to provide a market-based forward-looking retention and performance incentive for our NEOs, and to help ensure a meaningful initial ownership stake for each of our NEOs as a basis for sustained share ownership and direct stockholder alignment. In part to achieve these goals, the compensation committee determined that the initial awards granted to our senior management team for fiscal year 2017 would be calculated based on a value of $19.00 per share, our IPO price. Pearl Meyer provided the compensation committee with benchmark award levels, which the compensation committee reduced with respect to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis after taking into consideration the Deferred Stock Awards granted to such NEOs. To further align such awards with our success following the IPO, the exercise price for the stock options granted to the NEOs in fiscal year 2017 (including to Mr. Dacar), was set at $19.00 per share, our IPO price. This resulted in a premium of approximately 30% above the closing price of our common stock on the grant date with respect to the stock options granted to the NEOs other than Mr. Dacar, and a premium of approximately 17% above the closing price of our common stock on the grant date with respect to the stock options granted to Mr. Dacar.

 

With respect to Mr. Dacar, the compensation committee approved grants to him in connection with his agreement to join the Company following the RockPile Transaction at a level intended to incentivize him to remain with the Company and assist in the integration of the RockPile business into the Company’s operations. Mr. Dacar forfeited his Stock options and restricted stock units upon his separation of service from the Company on September 1, 2017.

 

The table below shows the number of long-term incentive awards granted for fiscal year for each of the NEOs:

 

NEO

   Stock Option
Awards
     Restricted Stock
Unit Awards
     Total Grant Date
Value ($)(1)
 

James C. Stewart

     214,888        214,888        4,438,356  

Gregory L. Powell

     174,775        174,775        3,609,852  

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

     56,454        56,454        1,166,016  

Kevin M. McDonald

     80,702        80,702        1,666,842  

Ian J. Henkes

     31,579        31,579        652,242  

R. Curt Dacar

     35,088        35,088        787,876  

 

(1)   Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718.

 

The stock options and restricted stock units granted to the NEOs in fiscal year 2017 will vest in one-third increments on January 20 of each of 2018, 2019 and 2020, contingent upon the continued employment of the NEO through each vesting date. The stock options and restricted stock units will become fully vested in the event that the NEO’s employment is terminated without Cause, or other than in the case of Mr. DeBonis, for Good Reason, within twelve months following a change in control.

 

Executive Employment Agreements

 

Each currently employed NEO has entered into Executive Employment Agreements with the Company (which, in connection with the IPO, assumed the obligations under the Executive Employment Agreements from KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC with respect to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis, and from Keane Group Holdings, LLC with respect to Messrs. McDonald and Henkes). The Executive Employment Agreements each provide for an initial term that will expire on March 16, 2019 with respect to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis, November 7, 2019 with respect to Mr. McDonald, and February 1, 2018 with respect to Mr. Henkes. The Executive Employment Agreement will automatically renew for additional one-year periods unless either party provides written notice at least 90 days prior to the end of the then term and, as a result, Mr. Henkes’ Executive Employment Agreement has been renewed for an additional year.

 

70


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Executive Employment Agreements with the currently employed NEOs, in the event of a termination of the NEO’s employment by us without Cause or due to our non-renewal of the applicable Executive Employment Agreement, or by Messrs. Stewart, Powell, McDonald or Henkes for Good Reason, subject to the execution of a release, the NEO will be entitled to the following severance benefits:

 

   

severance payments equal to:

 

   

for Mr. Stewart, two times the sum of his annual base salary, and the lesser of the average of the annual bonuses he received during the two years prior to termination and his target bonus;

 

   

for Mr. Powell, two times his annual base salary; and

 

   

for Messrs. DeBonis, McDonald and Henkes, his annual base salary

 

   

for Messrs. Stewart and Powell, a pro rata annual bonus for the year of termination;

 

   

for Mr. Powell (upon any termination other than death or voluntarily without Good Reason), and Messrs. McDonald and Henkes, reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage for, in the cases of Messrs. Powell and McDonald up to twelve months following termination, and in the case of Mr. Henkes, up to six months following termination.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Executive Employment Agreements with Mr. Stewart and Mr. Powell, in the event of his termination of employment due to death or disability, subject to the execution of a release, he or his estate, as applicable, will be entitled to:

 

   

severance payments equal to three months of base salary paid for the three-month period following the date of termination; and

 

   

a pro rata annual bonus for the year of termination.

 

As an additional incentive to Mr. McDonald to accept employment with the Company, his Executive Employment Agreement provided that if a change in control had been consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017, in lieu of such amount he would have been entitled to a severance payment in the amount of $1,750,000.

 

For purposes of the Executive Employment Agreements, “Cause” generally means:

 

   

indictment, conviction or plea of no contest to a felony or any crime involving dishonesty or theft;

 

   

conduct in connection with employment duties or responsibilities that is fraudulent or unlawful;

 

   

conduct in connection with employment duties or responsibilities that is grossly negligent and which has a materially adverse effect on us or our business;

 

   

willful misconduct or contravention of specific lawful directions related to a material duty or responsibility directed to be undertaken from our board of directors;

 

   

material breach of obligations under the applicable Executive Employment Agreement;

 

   

any acts of dishonesty resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at our expense;

 

   

failure to comply with a material policy; or

 

   

for Mr. Powell, his failure to maintain primary residence in the Houston, Texas metropolitan area.

 

For purposes of the Executive Employment Agreements, as applicable, “Good Reason” generally means:

 

   

our failure to cure a material breach of our obligations under the applicable Executive Employment Agreement;

 

   

a material diminution of duties, position or title (in the case of Mr. Stewart, other than any diminution in connection with the appointment of a new Chairman or Chief Executive Officer if following such appointment Mr. Stewart remains as either Chairman or Chief Executive Officer);

 

71


Table of Contents
   

a material reduction in base salary (and in the case of Mr. McDonald, his target bonus); or

 

   

a change in office location that increases the NEO’s commute from his principal residence by more than 50 miles.

 

Dacar Agreements

 

Mr. Dacar entered into an Executive Employment Agreement with the Company, dated May 18, 2017, which became effective on July 3, 2017, the closing date of the RockPile Transaction. The Executive Employment Agreement with Mr. Dacar provided for an initial term through July 3, 2020, with automatic renewals for additional one-year periods unless either party provided written notice at least 90 days prior to the end of the then term.

 

In connection with his separation from service with the Company, Mr. Dacar and the Company entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release dated as of September 1, 2017 (the “Dacar Separation Agreement). Pursuant to the Dacar Separation Agreement, Mr. Dacar agreed to a release of claims against the Company and became eligible to receive the following severance benefits under his Executive Employment Agreement: (i) severance payments in the amount of $880,000, which amount is equal to two-years of his base salary, that will be paid in monthly installments for a period of two years from his separation date, and (ii) reimbursement of his cost for continuation coverage for group health coverage in the amount of $1,153 per month, for up to twelve months from his separation date. In addition, the Company agreed that Mr. Dacar would remain eligible to receive the remaining RockPile Bonus payments owed to him when otherwise payable, as discussed above.

 

Benefits & Perquisites

 

Our NEOs also generally participate in other benefit plans on the same terms as all of our other employees. These plans include employee benefit plans maintained by the Company, including the 401(k) program, the medical insurance and reimbursement program, the group term life insurance program, and the group disability program.

 

Our NEOs also receive an automobile allowance in the amount of $21,000 per year for Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis, and $20,400 per year for Messrs. McDonald and Henkes. During his employment, the Company paid the premiums for Mr. Dacar’s welfare benefits under an executive benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with the RockPile Transaction (which program ended on December 31, 2017), and provided Mr. Dacar with a weekly phone allowance.

 

Other Compensation Practices, Policies and Guidelines

 

Claw Back Policy

 

On February 23, 2017, our board of directors adopted the Company’s Compensation Recovery Policy (the “Claw Back Policy”). Pursuant to the Claw Back Policy, in the event of a revision and reissuance of a financial statement previously issued by the Company (an “Accounting Restatement”), our board of directors in its discretion may determine that the officer will be required to repay all or a portion of the amount of incentive-based compensation received by an officer of the Company that exceeds the amount of such compensation that such officer otherwise would been received determined based upon the Accounting Restatement. In the event that any such Accounting Restatement is required due to material non-compliance by the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, then an executive officer of the Company will be obligated to repay the amount of incentive-based compensation received by such executive officer that exceeds the amount of such compensation that the executive officer otherwise would have received determined based upon the Accounting Restatement. The Claw Back Policy applies to any incentive-based compensation received by an officer of the Company during the three completed fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the date of the applicable Accounting Restatement. For purposes of the Claw Back Policy, “incentive-based compensation”

 

72


Table of Contents

means any compensation (whether in cash, common stock, or otherwise) to an officer of the Company, that is granted, earned, vested or for which the amount is determined, wholly or in part, on the attainment by the Company of (i) any measure that is determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, (ii) any measure that is derived wholly or in part from such measures, or (iii) the Company’s stock price and total shareholder return.

 

Anti-Hedging Policy

 

We prohibit the NEOs and other executives from engaging in transactions designed to insulate them from changes in the Company’s stock price. Therefore, the Company has an anti-hedging policy that prohibits our NEOs from entering into transactions that include (without limitation) equity swaps or short sales of our securities, margin accounts or pledges of our securities, and hedges or monetization transactions involving our securities that are designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of the Company’s securities. In addition, the purchase or sale of puts, calls, options, or other derivative securities based on the Company’s securities is prohibited under this policy, and borrowing against any account in which our securities are held is prohibited.

 

2017 Risk Assessment

 

Each year, the Company performs a detailed risk analysis of each of its compensation programs. If warranted, the compensation committee will recommend changes to address concerns or considerations raised in the risk review process. Changes may be recommended for the program design or its oversight and administration in order to mitigate unreasonable risk, if any is determined to exist. The compensation committee has concluded that the Company’s compensation arrangements do not encourage any employees to take unnecessary and excessive risks. We do not believe that any risks arising from our compensation policies and practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of the compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Impact of Tax and Accounting

 

We regularly consider the various tax and accounting implications of our compensation plans. When determining the amount of long-term incentives and equity grants to executives and employees, the compensation costs associated with the grants are reviewed, as required by FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

For 2017, Section 162(m) of the Code generally prohibited any publicly held corporation from taking a federal income tax deduction for compensation paid in excess of $1 million in any taxable year to the CEO and the next three highest compensated officers for such year, other than the CFO. The deduction limit under Section 162(m) of the Code did not apply to the Company in 2017 because, in general, Section 162(m) of the Code allowed for a three-year transition period after a company becomes publicly traded in connection with an initial public offering. Commencing in 2018, Section 162(m) of the Code has been revised to generally prohibit any publicly held corporation from taking a federal income tax deduction for compensation paid in excess of $1 million in any taxable year to the CEO and the next four highest compensated officers for such year, including the CFO, and any employee who was covered under Section 162(m) of the Code in a prior year. In addition, commencing in 2018, Section 162(m) of the Code has been amended to remove an exception for qualified performance-based compensation. The compensation committee believes that it is important for it to retain maximum flexibility in designing compensation programs that are in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders. Therefore, the compensation committee, while considering tax deductibility as a factor in determining compensation, may not limit compensation to $1 million in any taxable year if it believes that the compensation is commensurate with the performance of the covered employee.

 

73


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Report

 

The compensation committee has reviewed and discussed this CD&A with the Company’s management. Based on the review and discussions, the compensation committee has recommended to our board of directors that this CD&A be included in this prospectus.

 

The Compensation Committee

 

Scott Wille, Chair

Dale M. Dusterhoft

Marc G.R. Edwards

Shawn Keane

 

74


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    Stock
Awards
($)(2)
    Option
Awards
($)(3)
    Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
($)(5)
    Total
($)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

James C. Stewart

    2017       813,077       80,000       7,065,139       1,324,629       3,333,334       —         45,000       12,661,179  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

    2016       640,000       133,333       —         —         1,466,667       —         30,742       2,270,742  
    2015       692,308       —         —         —         1,160,000       —         45,404       1,897,712  

Gregory L. Powell

    2017       571,539       140,000       5,825,334       1,077,362       2,933,334       —         39,000       10,586,569  

President and Chief Financial Officer

    2016       360,000       233,333       —         —         1,306,667       —         29,673       1,929,673  
    2015       389,423       —         —         —         740,000       —         30,679       1,160,102  

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

    2017       292,885       20,000       2,135,156       347,998       1,033,334       —         45,000       3,874,373  

Chief Operating Officer

    2016       240,000       33,333       —         —         466,667       —         29,223       769,223  
    2015       259,615       —         —         —         460,000       —         34,385       754,000  

Kevin M. McDonald

    2017       338,750       —         1,169,372       497,470       527,768       —         38,719       2,572,079  

Executive Vice President, Legal Counsel & Secretary

                 

Ian J. Henkes

Vice President, Operations South & National Wireline GM

    2017       271,154       —         457,580       194,662       484,706       —         38,400       1,446,502  

Robert Dacar

Former Chief Commercial Officer(6)

    2017       76,155       1,260,000       571,584       216,292       0       —         76,000       2,200,031  

 

(1)   Reflects a monthly retention payment to each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis through June 2017. Reflects cash bonuses payable to Mr. Dacar in connection with the RockPile Transaction, of which $630,000 was paid to Mr. Dacar in fiscal year 2017. Pursuant to the Dacar Separation Agreement, he will receive payments in the amount of $315,000 on each of the first and second anniversaries of the closing date of the RockPile Transaction, which amounts are deemed earned in fiscal year 2017 for the purposes of this Summary Compensation Table.
(2)   Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718 of the restricted stock units granted to the NEOs in fiscal year 2017 and of the deferred stock awards granted to each of Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis in fiscal year 2017. See Note 12—Stock-Based Compensation in our unaudited consolidated financial statements, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, for a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation of such awards. Mr. Dacar forfeited his restricted stock units upon his resignation on September 1, 2017.
(3)   Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718 of the stock option granted to the NEOs in fiscal year 2017. See Note 12—Stock-Based Compensation in our unaudited consolidated financial statements, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, for a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation of such awards. Mr. Dacar forfeited his stock options upon his resignation on September 1, 2017.
(4)   For fiscal year 2017, these amounts reflect (a) bonus payments earned in fiscal year 2017 under our Value Creation Plan to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis and (b) an amount equal to 200% of the annual target bonus for each NEO (other than Mr. Dacar), which amounts are based on the anticipated achievement of our performance under our 2017 Executive Bonus Program and have been accrued under the Company’s financial statements (the amounts under this clause (b) are subject to final determination and approval by the compensation committee). For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, these amounts reflect (a) bonus payments earned in fiscal year 2016 under our Value Creation Plan and (b) amounts paid to the NEOs under our annual bonus plan for such fiscal year. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, reflects amounts paid to the NEOs under our annual bonus plan for such fiscal year.

 

75


Table of Contents
(5)   A detailed breakdown of “All Other Compensation” is provided in the table below:

 

Name

   Year      Automobile
Allowance
($)
     401(k) Plan
Company
Contribution
($)
     Severance
($)
     Expenses
($) (a)
     Total
($)
 

James C. Stewart

     2017        21,000        24,000        —          —          45,000  
     2016        21,000        9,742        —          —          30,742  
     2015        21,404        24,000        —          —          45,404  

Gregory L. Powell

     2017        21,000        18,000        —          —          39,000  
     2016        21,000        8,673        —          —          29,673  
     2015        21,404        9,275        —          —          30,679  

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

     2017        21,000        24,000        —          —          45,000  
     2016        21,000        8,223        —          —          29,223  
     2015        21,404        12,981        —          —          34,385  

Kevin M. McDonald

     2017        20,400        18,319        —          —          38,719  

Ian J. Henkes

     2017        20,400        18,000        —          —          38,400  

Robert Dacar

     2017        —          1,290        73,333        1,377        76,000  

 

  (a)   Reflects (i) payments in the amount of $1,197 made by the Company for Mr. Dacar’s welfare benefits pursuant to a RockPile executive benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with the RockPile Transaction (which program ended on December 31, 2017), and (ii) a $180 phone allowance provided to Mr. Dacar.

 

(6)   Mr. Dacar joined the Company and was appointed as our Chief Commercial Officer on July 3, 2017, the closing date of the RockPile Transaction. Mr. Dacar resigned from the Company on September 1, 2017.

 

76


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2017

 

Name

  Grant
Date
   

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)

   

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(4)

    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)(5)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)(6)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Share)
    Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock
and

Option
Awards
($)(7)
 
    Threshold
($)(2)
    Target
($)(2)
    Maximum
($)(3)
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
         

James C. Stewart

      500,000       1,000,000       5,000,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
    3/16/2017       —         —         —         —         3,951,412       —         —         —         —         —    
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         214,888       —         —         3,113,727  
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         214,888       19.00       1,324,629  

Gregory L. Powell

      400,000       800,000       5,000,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
    3/16/2017       —         —         —         —         3,292,844       —         —         —         —         —    
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         174,775       —         —         2,532,490  
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         174,775       19.00       1,077,362  

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

      175,000       350,000       5,000,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
    3/16/2017       —         —         —         —         1,317,138       —         —         —         —         —    
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         56,454       —         —         818,018  
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         56,454       19.00       347,998  

Kevin M. McDonald

      191,942       263,884       5,000,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         80,702       —         —         1,169,372  
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         80,702       19.00       497,470  

Ian J. Henkes

      121,177       242,353       5,000,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         31,579       —         —         457,580  
    4/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         31,579       19.00       194,662  

Robert Dacar

      109,096       218,192       5,000,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
    7/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         35,088       —         —         571,583  
    7/3/2017       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         35,088       19.00       216,292  

 

(1)   Amounts represent the range of annual cash incentive awards the NEO was potentially entitled to receive based on the achievement of performance goals for fiscal year 2017 under the 2017 Executive Bonus Program as more fully described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2017 Annual Incentives.” The amounts actually paid are reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column of the Summary Compensation table. Pursuant to the 2017 Executive Bonus Plan, performance below a specific threshold will result in no payment with respect to that performance goal.
(2)   For Mr. McDonald, reflects pro-rated threshold and target level amounts based on an annual base salary rate of $335,000 and target bonus of 75% of base salary through November 30, 2017, and an annual base salary rate of $400,000 and target bonus of 100% of base salary from December 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017. For Mr. Henkes, reflects pro-rated threshold and target level amounts based on an annual base salary rate of $245,000 and target bonus of 75% of base salary through June 30, 2017, and an annual base salary rate of $300,000 and target bonus of 100% of base salary from July 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017. For Mr. Dacar, reflects a pro-rated annual bonus for the period from July 3, 2017, the date he commenced employment with the Company, through December 31, 2017. Mr. Dacar forfeited his eligibility to receive an annual bonus upon his resignation from the Company.
(3)   Reflects the maximum bonus payable to any executive under the Company’s Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.
(4)   Reflects the aggregate value of the stock bonuses that may be issued in shares of our common stock under the Deferred Stock Awards granted to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis.
(5)   Represents restricted stock units granted to the NEOs, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2017 Long-Term Incentives.”
(6)   Represent stock options granted to the NEOs, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2017 Long-Term Incentives.”
(7)   Reflects the grant date fair value as calculated in accordance with ASC 718. Assumptions used in the valuation of equity based awards are discussed in “Note 12—Stock-Based Compensation” in our unaudited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

 

77


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2017

 

     Option Awards     Stock and Unit Awards  

Name

  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options

(#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options

(#)
unexercisable
(1)
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
    Option
exercise
price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
    Number
of
shares
or units
of stock
that
have not
vested
(#)
    Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
($)
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights that
have not
vested
(#)
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
market or
payout
value of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights that
have not
vested ($)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

James C. Stewart

    —         214,888       —         19.00       4/3/2023       —         —         —         —    
    —         —         —         —         —         214,888 (2)      4,085,021 (4)      —         3,951,412 (5) 

Gregory L. Powell

    —         174,775       —         19.00       4/3/2023       —         —         —         —    
    —         —         —         —         —         174,775 (2)      3,322,473 (4)      —         3,292,844 (5) 

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

    —         56,454       —         19.00       4/3/2023       —         —         —         —    
    —         —         —         —         —         56,454 (2)      1,073,191 (4)      —         1,317,138 (5) 

Kevin M. McDonald

    —         80,702       —         19.00       4/3/2023       —         —         —         —    
    —         —         —         —         —         80,702 (2)      1,534,145 (4)      —         —    
    —         3,529 (3)      —         —   (6)      —   (7)      —         —         —         —    

Ian J. Henkes

    —         31,579       —         19.00       4/3/2023       —         —         —         —    
    —         —         —         —         —         31,579 (2)      600,317 (4)      —         —    
    —         3,529 (3)      —         —   (6)      —   (7)      —         —         —         —    

Robert Dacar

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

 

(1)   Reflects the number of unvested stock options held by the NEO. These stock options will become vested and exercisable in equal portions on January 20 of each of 2018, 2019 and 2020, and will become fully vested and exercisable in the event that the NEO’s employment terminates without cause or for good reason within twelve months following a change in control.
(2)   Reflects the number of unvested restricted stock units held by the NEO. These restricted stock units will become vested in equal portions on January 20 of each of 2018, 2019 and 2020, and will become fully vested in the event that the NEO’s employment terminates without cause or for good reason within twelve months following a change in control.
(3)   Reflects the number of Class B Units of Keane Investor held by the NEO. The Class B Units were granted to the NEOs prior to consummation of the IPO under a unit-based management compensation program sponsored by the company prior to the IPO called the Keane Management Holdings LLC Management Incentive Plan (the “Class B Plan”). In connection with the IPO, the Class B Plan was assigned to and assumed by Keane Investor. The Class B Units represent profit interests in Keane Investor that are solely obligations of Keane Investor. The units held by Mr. McDonald will vest in equal portions on November 7, 2018 and November 7, 2019. The units held by Mr. Henkes will vest in equal portions on March 15, 2018 and March 15, 2019. If the NEO’s service is terminated without cause, all unvested units that would have vested on the next vesting date following termination will vest upon such termination, and the remaining unvested units will remain outstanding for a period of 90 days following termination and will vest if a change in control occurs during such 90-day period.
(4)   Based on the closing price per share of our common stock on December 29, 2017 of $19.01.
(5)   Reflects the aggregate value of the stock bonuses that may be issued in shares of common stock under the Deferred Stock Awards granted to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis. Such amounts became vested 50% on January 1, 2018 and will be paid in a number of shares of our common stock with a fair market value equal to such amount on February 15, 2018, and will become vested 50% on January 1, 2019 and paid in a number of shares of our common stock with a fair market value equal to such amount on February 15, 2019. Such amounts will become fully vested and paid in a number of shares of our common stock with a fair market value equal to such amount upon a change in control or a termination of employment without cause, or in the case of Messrs. Stewart and Powell, for good reason.
(6)   Class B Units have no exercise price. Instead, Mr. Henkes may be entitled to certain cash distributions from Keane Investor following the distribution of $468,000,000 to holders of Class A Units in Keane Investor, and Mr. McDonald may be entitled to certain cash distributions from Keane Investor following the distribution of $1,200,000,000 to holders of Class A Units and other Class B Units in Keane Investor.
(7)   Class B Units have no expiration date.

 

78


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal Year 2017

 

No stock options were exercised and no restricted stock unit awards or deferred stock unit awards vested during fiscal year 2017.

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

 

The tables below describe and estimate the amounts and benefits that our NEOs would have been entitled to receive upon a termination of their employment in certain circumstances or, if applicable, upon a change in control, assuming such events occurred as of December 31, 2017, the last day of fiscal year 2017. The estimated payments are not necessarily indicative of the actual amounts any of our NEOs would have received in such circumstances. The tables exclude compensation amounts accrued through December 31, 2017 that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, payment for accrued but unused vacation and vested account balances under our retirement plans that are generally available to all of our salaried employees. Where applicable, the information in the table uses a price per share for our common stock of $19.01, the closing price on December 29, 2017 (the “Year-End Closing Price”). Generally, payment of severance benefits to an NEO following termination of employment is subject to the NEO’s timely execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of the Company.

 

As stated elsewhere in this prospectus, Mr. Dacar resigned during fiscal year 2017 and became eligible to receive the severance benefits described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Dacar Agreements.”

 

James C. Stewart

 

Payments and Benefits

  Death or
Disability ($)
    For Cause or
Without
Good Reason ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
No Change in
Control ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
Upon or Following
Change  in
Control ($)
    Change in
Control, No
Termination of
Employment ($)
 

Cash Severance(1)

    250,000       0       2,000,000       2,000,000       0  

Annual Bonus(2)

    2,000,000       0       2,000,000       2,000,000       0  

Deferred Stock Award Vesting(3)

    0       0       3,951,412       3,951,412       3,951,412  

Stock Option Vesting(4)

    0       0       0       2,149       0  

Restricted Stock Unit Vesting(5)

    0       0       0       4,085,021       0  

Health Benefits

    0       0       0       0       0  

Total

    2,250,000       0       7,951,412       12,038,582       3,951,412  

 

(1)   Reflects severance payments equal to (i) in the event of Mr. Stewart’s death or disability, three months of his base salary payable over the three-month period following his termination, or (ii) in the event of a termination of Mr. Stewart’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason, an amount equal to three times his annual base salary payable over the 24-month period following his termination.
(2)   Reflects an amount equal to 200% of Mr. Stewart’s annual target bonus for fiscal year 2017, which amount is based on the anticipated achievement of our performance under our 2017 Executive Bonus Program and has been accrued under the Company’s financial statements (such amount is subject to final determination and approval by the compensation committee).
(3)   Pursuant to his Deferred Stock Award, Mr. Stewart’s unvested stock bonuses will become fully vested upon a change in control or upon a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason.
(4)   Pursuant to his Stock Option Award, Mr. Stewart’s unvested stock options will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control. The amount in the table reflects the aggregate per share value based on the Year-End Closing Price in excess of the option exercise price.
(5)   Pursuant to his Restricted Stock Unit Award, Mr. Stewart’s unvested restricted stock units will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control.

 

79


Table of Contents

Gregory L. Powell

 

Payments and Benefits

  Death ($)     Disability ($)     For Cause or
Without
Good Reason ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
No Change in
Control ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
Upon or Following
Change in

Control ($)
    Change in
Control, No
Termination of
Employment ($)
 

Cash Severance(1)

    200,000       200,000       0       1,600,000       1,600,000       0  

Annual Bonus(2)

    1,600,000       1,600,000       0       1,600,000       1,600,000       0  

Deferred Stock Award Vesting(3)

    0       0       0       3,292,844       3,292,844       3,292,844  

Stock Option Vesting(4)

    0       0       0       0       1,748       0  

Restricted Stock Unit Vesting(5)

    0       0       0       0       3,322,473       0  

Health Benefits(6)

    0       18,730       0       18,730       18,730       0  

Total

    1,800,000       1,818,730       0       6,511,574       9,835,795       3,292,844  

 

(1)   Reflects severance payments equal to (i) in the event of Mr. Powell’s death or disability, three months of his base salary payable over the three-month period following his termination, or (ii) in the event of a termination of Mr. Powell’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason, an amount equal to two times his annual base salary payable over the 24 month period following his termination.
(2)   Reflects an amount equal to 200% of Mr. Powell’s annual target bonus for fiscal year 2017, which amount is based on the anticipated achievement of our performance under our 2017 Executive Bonus Program and has been accrued under the Company’s financial statements (such amount is subject to final determination and approval by the compensation committee).
(3)   Pursuant to his Deferred Stock Award, Mr. Powell’s unvested stock bonuses will become fully vested upon a change in control or upon a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason.
(4)   Pursuant to his Stock Option Award, Mr. Powell’s unvested stock options will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control. The amount in the table reflects the aggregate per share value based on the Year-End Closing Price in excess of the option exercise price.
(5)   Pursuant to his Restricted Stock Unit Award, Mr. Powell’s unvested restricted stock units will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control.
(6)   Reflects our payment for the cost of continuation health coverage for Mr. Powell for twelve months following his termination.

 

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.

 

Payments and Benefits

  Death or
Disability ($)
    For Cause or
Voluntary
Terminations ($)
    Without Cause,
No Change in
Control ($)
    Without Cause,
Upon or
Following
Change in
Control ($)
    Change in
Control, No
Termination of
Employment ($)
 

Cash Severance(1)

    0       0       700,000       700,000       0  

Annual Bonus

    0       0       0       0       0  

Deferred Stock Award Vesting(2)

    0       0       1,317,138       1,317,138       1,317,138  

Stock Option Vesting(3)

    0       0       0       565       0  

Restricted Stock Unit Vesting(4)

    0       0       0       1,073,191       0  

Health Benefits

    0       0       0       0       0  

Total

    0       0       2,017,138       3,090,894       1,317,138  

 

(1)   Reflects severance payments equal to two times Mr. DeBonis’ annual base salary payable over the 24 month period following his termination in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause.
(2)   Pursuant to his Deferred Stock Award, Mr. DeBonis’ unvested stock bonuses will become fully vested upon a change in control or upon a termination of his employment without Cause.
(3)   Pursuant to his Stock Option Award, Mr. DeBonis’ unvested stock options will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause within twelve months following a change in control. The amount in the table reflects the aggregate per share value based on the Year-End Closing Price in excess of the option exercise price.
(4)   Pursuant to his Restricted Stock Unit Award, Mr. DeBonis’ unvested restricted stock units will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause within twelve months following a change in control.

 

80


Table of Contents

Kevin M. McDonald

 

Payments and Benefits

  Death or
Disability ($)
    For Cause or
Without
Good Reason ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
No Change in
Control ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
Upon or Following
Change in

Control ($)
    Change in
Control, No
Termination of
Employment ($)
 

Cash Severance(1)

    0       0       400,000       1,750,000       0  

Annual Bonus

    0       0       0       0       0  

Stock Option Vesting(2)

    0       0       0       807       0  

Restricted Stock Unit Vesting(3)

    0       0       0       1,534,145       0  

Class B Unit Vesting(4)

    0       0       0       0       0  

Health Benefits(5)

    0       0       13,276       13,276       0  

Total

    0       0       413,276       3,298,228       0  

 

(1)   Reflects severance payments equal to (i) Mr. McDonald’s annual base salary payable in a lump sum in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason if no change in control was consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017, or (ii) $1,750,000 payable in a lump sum in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason if a change in control had been consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017.
(2)   Pursuant to his Stock Option Award, Mr. McDonald’s unvested stock options will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control. The amount in the table reflects the aggregate per share value based on the Year-End Closing Price in excess of the option exercise price.
(3)   Pursuant to his Restricted Stock Unit Award, Mr. McDonald’s unvested restricted stock units will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control.
(4)   Pursuant to his Class B Interest Award Agreement, the next tranche of Mr. Henkes’ unvested Class B Units of Keane Investor Holdings LLC will become vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause, and the remaining unvested units will remain outstanding for a period of 90 days following termination and will vest if a change in control occurs during such 90-day period. The market value of the Class B Units is not determinable, because there is no public market for such units. Therefore, such value, if any, has not been included herein.
(5)   Reflects our payment for the cost of continuation health coverage for Mr. McDonald for twelve months following his termination.

 

Ian J. Henkes

 

Payments and Benefits

  Death or
Disability ($)
    For Cause or
Without
Good Reason ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
No Change in
Control ($)
    Without
Cause or for
Good Reason,
Upon or Following
Change in

Control ($)
    Change in
Control, No
Termination of
Employment ($)
 

Cash Severance(1)

    0       0       300,000       300,000       0  

Annual Bonus

    0       0       0       0       0  

Stock Option Vesting(2)

    0       0       0       316       0  

Restricted Stock Unit Vesting(3)

    0       0       0       600,317       0  

Class B Unit Vesting(4)

    0       0       0       0       0  

Health Benefits(5)

    0       0       9,365       9,365       0  

Total

    0       0       309,365       909,998       0  

 

(1)   Reflects severance payments equal to Mr. Henkes’ annual base salary payable over the 12 month period following his termination in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason.
(2)   Pursuant to his Stock Option Award, Mr. Henkes’ unvested stock options will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control. The amount in the table reflects the aggregate per share value based on the Year-End Closing Price in excess of the option exercise price.
(3)   Pursuant to his Restricted Stock Unit Award, Mr. Henkes’ unvested restricted stock units will become fully vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve months following a change in control.

 

81


Table of Contents
(4)   Pursuant to his Class B Interest Award Agreement, the next tranche of Mr. Henkes’ unvested Class B Units of Keane Investor Holdings LLC will become vested in the event of a termination of his employment without Cause, and the remaining unvested units will remain outstanding for a period of 90 days following termination and will vest if a change in control occurs during such 90-day period. The market value of the Class B Units is not determinable, because there is no public market for such units. Therefore, such value, if any, has not been included herein.
(5)   Reflects our payment for the cost of continuation health coverage for Mr. Henkes for six months following his termination.

 

82


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain material arrangements, agreements and transactions we have with related parties. It does not include all of the provisions of our material arrangements, agreements and transactions with related parties, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the arrangements, agreements and transactions described. We enter into transactions with our stockholders and other entities owned by, or affiliated with, our direct and indirect stockholders in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include, amongst others, professional advisory, consulting and other corporate services.

 

We paid Cerberus Operations and Advisory Company, LLC (“COAC”), an affiliate of Cerberus, fees totaling approximately $0.3 million, $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, for consulting services provided in connection with improving the Company’s operations. We may retain COAC to provide similar services in the future.

 

KG Fracing Acquisition Corp., an affiliate of Cerberus, and several entities affiliated with the Keane family (the “Keane Parties”), including KCK Family Limited Partnership, LP and SJK Family Limited Partnership, LP, made certain members loans in the amount of $20.0 million to Keane on December 23, 2014 (collectively, the “Shareholder Loan”). In connection with our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations, on March 16, 2016, such entities contributed all of their right, title and interest in and to the Shareholder Loan in exchange for an aggregate of 41,468.59 Class A Units of our predecessor, Keane Group, which converted into an equivalent amount of Class A Units in Keane Investor in connection with our IPO.

 

Several of our board members are employees of our Sponsor, and funds managed by one or more affiliates of our Sponsor indirectly own a substantial portion of our equity through their ownership of Keane Investor.

 

Organizational Transactions

 

In connection with our corporate reorganization, in connection with our IPO, we entered in transactions with certain of our affiliates that became members of Keane Investor. See “Item 1. Business—Initial Public Offering and Organizational Transactions” of our 2016 10-K for a description of these transactions.

 

Trican Transaction

 

On January 25, 2016, Keane and its subsidiary, Keane Frac, LP (“Keane Frac”), entered into an asset purchase agreement with Trican, pursuant to which Keane Frac agreed to acquire substantially all of the pressure-pumping assets, of which Trican had previously invested $1 billion in before write-downs, and assume specified related liabilities, relating to Trican’s U.S. oilfield services business. The Trican transaction was completed on March 16, 2016 for aggregate consideration comprised of a cash payment of $200 million, subject to customary working capital adjustments, and Class A and Class C Units of Keane. Trican agreed to provide Keane a seller indemnity (payable by Trican in cash or through a return of a portion of its interests in Keane to Keane), against which we have asserted and settled certain claims. See below and “Note (18) (Commitments and Contingencies)” to the consolidated financial statements in our Third Quarter 10-Q for more information. In addition, the seller indemnity is further partially backstopped by a representations and warranties insurance policy for the benefit of Keane.

 

As a result of the Trican transaction, Keane acquired, among other things, approximately 645,000 hydraulic horsepower, 14 cement pumps, seven coiled tubing units, 19 nitrogen units and 14 acidizing units and assumed various customer relationships. In addition, Keane acquired Trican U.S.’s operating bases located in strategic oil and gas basins, including the Permian Basin, the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale, the SCOOP/STACK Formation, the Bakken Formation and the Eagle Ford Shale, as well as the Engineered Solutions Center.

 

83


Table of Contents

Keane also acquired ownership of substantially all intellectual property relating primarily to Trican’s United States oilfield services business, which includes know-how, trade secrets, formulas, processes, customer lists and other non-registered intellectual property primarily used in connection with that business (the “Acquired Trican Intellectual Property”).

 

We refer to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities acquired in the Trican transaction as the “Acquired Trican Operations.”

 

In addition, Keane entered into two fully paid-up, perpetual, non-exclusive licenses to certain intellectual property owned by Trican or its affiliates and used in Trican’s U.S. oilfield service business, other than the Acquired Trican Intellectual Property. In the first license agreement between Keane and Trican Parent (the “Pump Control IP License Agreement”), Keane obtained the right to use Trican Parent’s electronic control system technology related to pump control and all related intellectual property owned by Trican’s Parent as of the closing date of the Trican transaction, limited to the oilfield services business in the United States. The Pump Control IP License Agreement also grants Keane a non-exclusive right of offer to negotiate and enter into a separate license agreement for certain intellectual property newly developed by Trican or its affiliates following the consummation of the Trican transaction on commercially reasonable terms, which will expire upon the later of (i) a change of control of Keane, (ii) the date Trican ceases to own any equity interest in Keane, or (iii) five years from the date of the Pump Control IP License Agreement.

 

In a separate license agreement entered into between Keane and Trican as part of the Trican transaction (the “General IP License Agreement”), Keane obtained the right to use substantially all intellectual property owned by Trican or its affiliates used in Trican’s U.S. oilfield services business as of the closing date of the Trican transaction (other than intellectual property related to the Fracking Fluids (as defined below)), limited to the oilfield services business in the United States. In addition, Keane received the right to use certain Trican proprietary fracking-related fluids as of the closing date of the Trican transaction, such as MVP Frac and TriVert (the “Fracking Fluids”), for Keane’s hydraulic fracturing services to its customers, which license does not allow Keane to manufacture the Fracking Fluids but allows Keane to purchase the Fracking Fluids from Trican’s suppliers on favorable pricing terms. Keane also received the right to negotiate with Trican for the supply of Fracking Fluids that are improved following the consummation of the Trican transaction on terms at least as favorable as the most favorable terms granted by Trican to any of its other customers or licensees, which will expire upon the later of (i) a change of control of Keane, (ii) the date Trican ceases to own any equity interest in Keane or (iii) five years from the date of the General IP License Agreement.

 

Keane also entered into a non-competition provision with Trican as part our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations, pursuant to which, subject to certain limited exceptions, Keane may not compete, directly or indirectly, with Trican in Canada in the oilfield services business through March 16, 2018. Subject to certain limited exceptions, Keane also may not own an interest in any entity that competes directly or indirectly with Trican in Canada, other than with respect to any industrial services or completion tools business or certain interests in companies with limited revenue derived from Canadian operations. Keane is also restricted from knowingly interfering with business relationships of Trican. The non-competition provision does not restrict Keane’s ability to participate in certain limited equity investments in publicly owned companies.

 

Pursuant to the non-competition provision above, Trican may not compete with Keane in the oilfield services business in the United States, own an interest in any entity that competes, directly or indirectly, with Keane in any capacity, or knowingly interfere with the business relationships of Keane, in each case subject to certain limited restrictions, until the earlier of March 16, 2018 and the date on which certain prescribed reductions in Trican’s ownership interests in Keane occurs.

 

At the time of the transaction, Keane and Trican also entered into a customary transition services agreement that facilitated Keane’s integration of the acquired business into its existing operations.

 

84


Table of Contents

As part of the Trican APA, certain representations and warranties were provided to Keane by Trican relating to the condition of the acquired machinery and equipment. The material maintenance expenditures incurred by Keane to bring all of the acquired machinery and equipment into proper working order exceeded the representations made in the Trican APA. On June 12, 2017, the Company and Trican reached a settlement that resulted in proceeds to Keane of $2.1 million and net gain on settlement to Keane of $3.6 million. Keane made a claim with its insurance company to recover additional funds under one representation and warranty policy associated with this acquisition. In October 2017, Keane settled the claim with the insurance company and secured a payment of $4.2 million. Trican, pursuant to its conditional rights under the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, has appointed its President and Chief Executive Officer to serve as a member of Keane’s Board of Directors.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement

 

In connection with IPO, KGI entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement with Keane Investor. Upon the consummation of the RockPile Acquisition, on July 3, 2017, KGI, RockPile Holdings, WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC and Keane Investor entered into the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement. The rights of the parties under such agreement are described below:

 

Registration Rights

 

Any Holder party to the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement and (i) collectively and beneficially own at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding Registrable Securities (as defined herein) or (ii) collectively and beneficially own at least 10% of the total issued and outstanding Registrable Securities, provided they beneficially own Registrable Securities equivalent to at least 50% of the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by them as of the effective date (each such Holder, a “Demand Holder”) may, subject to limitations, request we register the resale, under the Securities Act, of all or any portion of the shares of common stock that such Demand Holder owns (provided that in the case of a demand from Keane Investor, shares to be registered are on a pro rata and pari passu basis based on each member of Keane Investor’s beneficial ownership of Registrable Securities).

 

With respect to the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, “Registrable Securities” generally refers to outstanding shares of our common stock owned or hereafter acquired by a Holder; provided, however, that any such shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such shares has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such shares have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such registration statement, (ii) such shares have been sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 145 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule), or (iii) such shares cease to be outstanding.

 

Any Demand Holder may require that we effect a registration, and either RockPile Holdings or the White Deer Holder may require that we effect a registration with respect to the Registrable Securities held by the RockPile Holders, provided that we are not required to effect more than one “marketed” underwritten offering or more than one demand registration in any consecutive 180-day period (excluding a marketed underwritten offering at the request of RockPile Holdings or the White Deer Holder), that the number of shares of common stock requested to be registered in any underwritten offering have a value equal to at least $40.0 million or 100% of the Registrable Securities then held by such Demand Holder, that we are not required to effect more than one demand registration (including a marketed underwritten offering) at the request of RockPile Holdings or WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC and that we are not required to effect more than six demand registrations. We may postpone for a reasonable period of time, which may not exceed 90 days, the filing of a registration statement that a Demand Holder requested that it file pursuant to the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement if our board of directors determines that the filing of the registration statement would require us to disclose material non-public information that, in our board of directors’ good faith judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the Company, would be required to be disclosed in such registration statement but which we have a

 

85


Table of Contents

bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly, provided that, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Holders of a majority of our common stock that demanded the registration, we may not postpone such filing more than twice, or for more than an aggregate of 90 days, in each case, during any 12-month period.

 

In addition, if we propose to register additional shares of common stock, each Holder will be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include its shares of common stock (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) in that registration with all registration expenses paid by us. Prior to the distribution by Keane Investor of all of the common stock it holds as of the completion of this offering to its equityholders, Holders other Keane Investor or a Demand Holder will not be entitled to include shares of common stock held by such Holder in a registration proposed by us unless Keane Investor or a Demand Holder also elects to participate in such registration.

 

Board Representation Rights

 

Pursuant to the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, we are required to appoint individuals designated by Keane Investor (the “Keane Investor Designees”) to our board of directors.

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by the Designated Controlling Stockholder or a majority of our directors. The Designated Controlling Stockholder shall, immediately prior to the 50% Trigger Date, set the size of the board of directors at 11 directors. On or after the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock or by resolution of our board of directors. Under the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, Keane Investor, or any Holder, will have the following board representation rights:

 

   

from the date on which KGI is no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Keane Investor shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time, and will (i) cause its directors appointed to the board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining an 11-person board of directors (unless the management board of Keane Investor otherwise agrees by affirmative vote of 80% of the members of the management board of Keane Investor) and (ii) appoint four directors designated by Cerberus and one director designated by Trican; provided, however, that such Keane Investor Designees are qualified and suitable to serve as members of our board of directors under all applicable corporate governance policies and guidelines of KGI and our board of directors, and all applicable legal, regulatory and stock exchange requirements (other than any requirements under the NYSE regarding director independence) (the “Director Requirements”);

 

   

for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 35% but at least 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of (i) three or (ii) 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number);

 

   

for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 20% but at least 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of (i) two or (ii) 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number);

 

   

for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 15% but at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate one individual to our board of directors who satisfies the Director Requirements.

 

Each of Cerberus, Trican and a representative of a majority of the shares of common stock held by the Keane Parties, shall be entitled to, at its option, designate up to two individuals in the capacity of non-voting observers (the “Observers”) to our board of directors. RockPile Holdings (or WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC, if

 

86


Table of Contents

RockPile Holdings designates its appointment right) shall be entitled, subject to certain conditions, to appoint one individual in the capacity of Observer to our board of directors. The appointment and removal of any Observer shall be by written notice to the board of directors. An Observer may attend any meeting of the board of directors, provided that no Observer shall have the right to vote or otherwise participate in the board of directors meeting in any way other than to observe any applicable meeting of the board of directors. Our board of directors or any committee thereof shall have the right to exclude an Observer from any meeting or portion thereof in the sole discretion of a majority of the members in attendance at such meeting. If the Keane Parties, directly or indirectly, cease to beneficially own at least 50% of our common stock beneficially owned by the Keane Parties at the time of this offering, the Keane Parties shall no longer have any right to appoint Observers and shall cause any appointed Observers to immediately resign. If Trican, directly or indirectly, ceases to beneficially own at least 25% of our common stock beneficially owned by Trican at the time of this offering, Trican shall no longer have any right to appoint Observers and shall cause such appointed observers to immediately resign. If the RockPile Holders, directly or indirectly, cease to beneficially own at least 50% of our common stock beneficially owned by the RockPile Holders at the time of the RockPile Closing Date, RockPile Holdings shall no longer have any right to appoint Observers and shall cause any appointed Observers to immediately resign.

 

Under the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, in the event of a vacancy on our board of directors arising through the death, resignation or removal of a Holder’s board designee, the Holder shall have the right to designate a replacement who satisfies the Director Requirements to fill such vacancy.

 

Indemnification; Expenses

 

We have agreed to indemnify Keane Investor, or any Holder, against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which we sell shares of our common stock, unless such liability arose from Keane Investor, or any such Holder’s, misstatement or omission, and Keane Investor and the Holders have agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions. We have also agreed to pay all expenses incident to our performance of or compliance with the registration rights under the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, including but not limited to all underwriting discounts, commissions, fees and related expenses of underwriters, provided that a Demand Holder shall be responsible for our out-of-pocket registration expenses in the case of a withdrawal of a demand registration by such party (subject to certain exceptions). In addition, the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement will provide that any ownership interests in Keane forfeited by Trican as a result of an indemnification by Trican (in connection with our acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations) will be subsequently transferred to our Company by Keane Investor.

 

Keane Investor Limited Liability Company Agreement

 

Our Sponsor, the Keane Parties, Trican and management holders of Keane’s Class B Units, entered into the Keane Investor LLC Agreement, pursuant to which Keane Investor’s appointees to our Board of Directors will be selected. The Keane Investor LLC Agreement also contains certain non-competition restrictions as described above in “—Trican Transaction,” as well as transfer restrictions relating to Keane Investor’s shares of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Transfer Restrictions under the Keane Investor LLC Agreement.” A copy of the Keane Investor LLC Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Coiled Tubing Asset Sales

 

In December 2017, we sold our dormant coiled tubing assets, including seven coiled tubing units and ancillary equipment related thereto, to Patriot Well Solutions LLC, an affiliate of WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC, for a purchase price of $10.0 million.

 

87


Table of Contents

Policy and Procedures for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written policy (the “Related Party Policy”) and procedures for the review, approval or ratification of “Related Party Transactions” by the independent members of the audit and risk committee of our board of directors. For purposes of the Related Party Policy, a “Related Party Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships (including the incurrence or issuance of any indebtedness or the guarantee of indebtedness) in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be reasonably expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, (2) the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any Related Party (as defined herein) has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

The Related Party Policy defines “Related Party” as any person who is, or, at any time since the beginning of the Company’s last fiscal year, was (1) an executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a person with greater than five percent (5%) beneficial interest in the Company, (3) an immediate family member of any of the individuals or entities identified in (1) or (2) of this paragraph, and (4) any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing individuals or entities is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person or entity has a five percent (5%) or greater beneficial interest. Immediate family members (each, a “Family Member”) includes a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, mothers- and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, brothers- and sisters-in-law and anyone residing in such person’s home, other than a tenant or employee.

 

Prior to the Company entering into any Related Party Transaction, such Related Party Transaction will be reported to our General Counsel who will report the same to the audit and risk committee. Our General Counsel will conduct an investigation and evaluation of the Related Party Transaction and will report his or her findings to the audit and risk committee, including a summary of material facts. The audit and risk committee will review the material facts of all Related Party Transactions which require the audit and risk committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of the Related Party Transaction, subject to the exceptions described below. If advance notice of a Related Party Transaction has been given to the audit and risk committee and it is not possible to convene a meeting of the audit and risk committee, then the chairman of the audit and risk committee will consider whether the Related Party Transaction is appropriate and, if it is, will approve the Related Party Transaction, with the audit and risk committee being asked to ratify the Related Party Transaction at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the audit and risk committee. In the event the audit and risk committee does not ratify any such Related Party Transaction, management shall make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul such Related Party Transaction. In determining whether to approve or ratify a Related Party Transaction, the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, will consider all factors it deems appropriate, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.”

 

Entering into a Related Party Transaction without the approval or ratification required by the terms of the Related Party Policy is prohibited and a violation of such policy. In the event the Company’s directors, executive officers or Chief Accounting Officer become aware of a Related Party Transaction that was not previously approved or ratified under the Related Party Policy, such person will promptly notify the audit and risk committee (or, if it is not practicable for the Company to wait for the audit and risk committee to consider the matter, the chairman of the audit and risk committee) will consider whether the Related Party Transaction should be ratified or rescinded or other action should be taken, with such review considering all of the relevant facts and circumstances regarding the Related Party Transaction, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.” The chairman of the audit and risk committee will report to the committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting any actions taken under the Related Party Policy pursuant to the authority delegated in this paragraph. The audit and risk committee will also review all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to the failure to report the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee and will take, or recommend to our board of directors, any action the audit and risk committee deems appropriate.

 

88


Table of Contents

No member of the audit and risk committee or director of our board will participate in any discussion or approval of a Related Party Transaction for which he or she is a Related Party, except that the audit and risk committee member or board director will provide all material information concerning the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee.

 

If a Related Party Transaction will be ongoing, the audit and risk committee may establish guidelines for the Company’s management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the Related Party. Thereafter, the audit and risk committee, on at least an annual basis, will review and assess ongoing relationships with the Related Party to ensure that they are in compliance with the audit and risk committee’s guidelines and that the Related Party Transaction remains appropriate.

 

Review Criteria

 

All Related Party Transactions will be reviewed in accordance with the standards set forth in the Related Party Policy after full disclosure of the Related Party’s interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit and risk committee or its chairman, as applicable, will review and consider:

 

   

the Related Party’s interest in the Related Party Transaction;

 

   

the terms of the Related Party Transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the Related Party Transaction and the approximate dollar value of the amount of the Related Party’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

   

whether the transaction is being undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the Company;

 

   

whether the transaction with the Related Party is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to the Company than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

   

the purpose of, and the potential benefits to the Company of, the Related Party Transaction;

 

   

a description of any provisions or limitations imposed as a result of entering into the Related Party Transaction;

 

   

whether the proposed transaction includes any potential reputational risk issues for the Company which may arise as a result of or in connection with the Related Party Transaction;

 

   

whether the proposed transaction would violate any requirements of the Company’s financing or other material agreements; and

 

   

any other relevant information regarding the Related Party Transaction or the Related Party.

 

The audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, may approve or ratify the Related Party Transaction only if the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, determines in good faith that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is fair to the Company. The audit and risk committee, in its sole discretion, may impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on the Company or the Related Party in connection with approval of the Related Party Transaction.

 

Pre-Approved Related Party Transactions

 

The audit and risk committee has determined that the following transactions will be deemed pre-approved or ratified and will not require review or approval of the audit and risk committee, even if the aggregate amount involved will exceed $120,000, unless otherwise specifically determined by the audit and risk committee.

 

   

Any employment by the Company of an executive officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries if the related compensation conforms with our Company’s compensation policies and if the executive officer is not a Family Member of another executive officer or of a director of our board; and

 

89


Table of Contents
   

Any compensation paid to a director of our board if the compensation is consistent with the Company’s bylaws and any compensation policies.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Related Party Policy, in the event the bylaws of the Company require review by our board of directors and/or approval of a Related Party Transaction, the audit and risk committee, and its chairman, will not have the authority to review or approve a Related Party Transaction but will provide a recommendation to our board of directors for the board’s use in its consideration of a given Related Party Transaction.

 

90


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 9, 2018 by:

 

   

each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding shares of capital stock;

 

   

the selling stockholder;

 

   

each member of our board of directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each 5% stockholder, director and executive officer listed below is c/o Keane Group, Inc., 2121 Sage Road, Houston, TX 77056.

 

     Shares
beneficially
owned
before
offering
     Shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
(assuming no
exercise of
underwriters’
option to
purchase
additional
shares)
     Shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
(assuming full
exercise of
underwriters’
option to
purchase
additional
shares)
     Percentage of
shares
beneficially owned
(assuming no
exercise of
underwriters’
option
to purchase
additional
shares)
    Percentage of
shares
beneficially owned
(assuming full
exercise of
underwriters’
option
to purchase
additional
shares)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Number      Number      Before
Offering(1)
    After
Offering
    Before
Offering(1)
    After
Offering
 

5% Stockholders and Selling Stockholder:

                 

Keane Investor Holdings LLC(2)(3)

     72,239,439        66,239,439        65,339,439        64.6     59.2     64.6     58.4

WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC(4)

     8,544,422        8,544,422        8,544,422        7.6     7.6     7.6     7.6

Directors:

                 

James C. Stewart

                                             

Lucas N. Batzer

                                             

Dale M. Dusterhoft

                                             

Marc G. R. Edwards

     52,082        52,082        52,082        *       *       *       *  

Christian A. Garcia

     18,947        18,947        18,947                           

James E. Geisler

                                             

Lisa A. Gray

                                             

Gary M. Halverson

     31,249        31,249        31,249        *       *       *       *  

Shawn Keane

                                             

Elmer D. Reed

     31,249        31,249        31,249        *       *       *       *  

Lenard B. Tessler

                                             

Scott Wille

                                             

Named Executive Officers:

                 

James C. Stewart(5)

     141,826        141,826        141,826                           

Gregory L. Powell(5)

     115,352        115,352        115,352                           

M. Paul DeBonis Jr.(5)

     37,260        37,260        37,260                           

Kevin M. McDonald

     53,263        53,263        53,263                           

Ian J. Henkes

     20,842        20,842        20,842                           

R. Curt Dacar

     104,187        96,462        95,303        *       *       *       *  

All directors and executive officers as a group(3) (16 persons)

     502,070        502,070        502,070        *       *       *       *  

 

*   Represents less than 1%.
(1)   Percentage of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering is based on 111,831,176 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 9, 2018.

 

91


Table of Contents
(2)   Keane Investor is held by a private investor group, including affiliates of Cerberus, members of the Keane family, Trican Well Service, L.P. and certain current members of management. Messrs. Batzer, Geisler, Tessler, Wille and Ms. Gray are affiliated with Cerberus. Affiliates of Cerberus have indirect economic interests in 55,144,294 shares or approximately 49.3%, calculated based on Cerberus’ Class A interests in Keane Investor. Mr. Dusterhoft is Chief Executive Officer and a director of Trican Well Service, L.P., which has, through its ownership of Class A Units in Keane Investor, indirect economic interests in 9,871,201 shares or approximately 8.8% of our outstanding common stock. Shawn Keane is affiliated with several of the Keane Parties that own Class A Units in Keane Investor and which, collectively, have indirect economic interests in 7,223,944 shares or approximately 6.5% of our outstanding common stock. Several members of our management, including Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis and two additional officers, hold 84,118 Class B Units in Keane Investor. As a result, such individuals will be entitled to certain cash distributions from Keane Investor following the distribution of $468 million to holders of Class A Units in Keane Investor. Trican Well Service, L.P. also holds Class C Units in Keane Investor that entitle Trican to certain cash distributions from Keane Investor following certain distributions to the holders of Class A Units and Class B Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(3)   The address for Keane Investor Holdings LLC and Messrs. Batzer, Geisler, Tessler, Wille and Ms. Gray is c/o Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
(4)   WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC is owned directly and indirectly by several funds controlled by Edelman & Guill Energy Ltd., which is controlled by its directors Thomas J. Edelman and Ben A. Guill. Affiliates of Edelman & Guill Energy Ltd. have indirect economic interests in 8,544,422 shares or approximately 7.6% of our outstanding stock, calculated based on Edelman & Guill Energy Ltd.’s indirect control of WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC. The address for WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC and Messrs. Edelman and Guill is c/o WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC, 700 Louisiana, Suite 4770, Houston, Texas 77002.
(5)   Does not reflect the stock bonuses pursuant to deferred stock awards under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan that are payable to Messrs. Stewart, Powell and DeBonis on February 15, 2018, in a number of shares having a fair market value on such date equal to $1,975,706, $1,646,422 and $658,569, respectively. See “Executive Compensation—The 2017 Executive Compensation Program in Detail—Special Bonuses, Payments and Awards—IPO Bonus and Deferred Stock Awards.”

 

92


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following summarizes the most important terms of our common stock and related provisions of the certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. This description also summarizes the principal agreements relating to our common stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the agreements referred to below, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

General

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

There are 111,831,176 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of January 9, 2018.

 

Common Stock

 

Dividend Rights

 

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share owned of record on all matters voted upon by stockholders. A majority vote is required for all action to be taken by stockholders, except as otherwise provided for in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws or as required by law, including the election of directors in an election that is determined by our board of directors to be a contested election, which requires a plurality. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors and, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder, are expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws after the 50% Trigger Date with the approval of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in any annual election of directors.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

 

Other Rights

 

Our common stock has no preemptive rights, no cumulative voting rights and no redemption, sinking fund or conversion provisions.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our board of directors is authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of our preferred stock. Our board of directors is authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of our preferred stock, for one or more series of preferred stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, option

 

93


Table of Contents

or other special rights, including voting powers and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of preferred stock pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL. Our board of directors could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could discourage a takeover or other transaction that some holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which holders of common stock might receive a premium for their shares over and above market price. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Composition of our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently has 12 members. The A&R Stockholders’ Agreement provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, from the date (a) immediately prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder shall set the size of the board of directors at 11 directors; (b) on which we are no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Keane Investor shall have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time and shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining an 11-person board of directors unless the management board of Keane Investor otherwise agrees by the affirmative vote of 80% of the management board of Keane Investor; (c) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 20% but less than a 35% of our then-outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of three or 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); (d) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 15% but less than 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate the greater of two or 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); and (e) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 10% but less than 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate one individual who satisfies the Director Requirements.

 

Pursuant to the Keane Investor LLC Agreement and the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, a majority vote of the management board of Keane Investor is required to designate directors to our board of directors, and the designated directors consist of six designees of Cerberus (if Cerberus so requests), one individual designated by Trican (if Trican so requests) and the Chief Executive Officer of Keane. From the date on which we are no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, a majority vote of the management board of Keane Investor is required to designate nominees to be included and the slate for election to our board of directors if the designated nominees consist of four nominees of Cerberus (if Cerberus so requests) and one nominee of Trican (if Trican so requests). The nominees shall include persons that are “independent” for purposes of the Listed Company Rules of the NYSE if required to comply with such rules.

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will consist of not less than seven directors and not more than 15 directors, and that the exact number of directors will be determined by a resolution of our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder may increase or decrease the authorized number of directors on our board of directors. Following the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased only with the approval of at least two-thirds of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.

 

Each of Cerberus, Trican and a representative of a majority of the shares of common stock held by the Keane Parties, shall be entitled to, at its option, designate up to two individuals in the capacity of Observers to our Board of Directors. RockPile Holdings (or WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC, if RockPile Holdings designates its appointment right) shall be entitled to, subject to certain conditions, designate one individual in the capacity of Observer to our Board of Directors. The appointment and removal of any Observer shall be by written notice to the Board of Directors. An Observer may attend any meeting of the board of directors, provided that no Observer shall have the right to vote or otherwise participate in the board of directors meeting in any way other than to

 

94


Table of Contents

observe any applicable meeting of the board of directors. Our board of directors or any committee thereof shall have the right to exclude an Observer from any meeting or portion thereof in the sole discretion of a majority of the members in attendance at such meeting. If the Keane Parties, directly or indirectly, cease to beneficially own at least 50% of our common stock beneficially owned by the Keane Parties at the time of this offering, the Keane Parties shall no longer have any right to appoint Observers and shall cause any appointed Observers to immediately resign. If Trican, directly or indirectly, ceases to beneficially own at least 25% of our common stock beneficially owned by Trican at the time of this offering, Trican shall no longer have any right to appoint Observers and shall cause such appointed observers to immediately resign. If the RockPile Holders, directly or indirectly, cease to beneficially own at least 50% of our common stock beneficially owned by the RockPile Holders at the time of the RockPile Closing Date, RockPile Holdings shall no longer have any right to appoint Observers and shall cause any appointed Observers to immediately resign.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Some provisions of Delaware law and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

 

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals, other than proposals made by or at the direction of our board of directors or, prior to the 35% Trigger Date, by the Designated Controlling Stockholder. Our bylaws also establish advance notice procedures with respect to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a committee appointed by our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed, and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

Calling Special Stockholder Meetings

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors or by stockholders owning at least 25% in amount of our entire capital stock issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote.

 

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

 

The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation. Prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder may take any action that may be taken at a meeting by written consent. On or after the 50% Trigger Date, no action may be taken by written consent in lieu of a stockholders’ meeting.

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock

 

Our board of directors is authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the Company.

 

95


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

 

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law (“Section 203”). This law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging under certain circumstances in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include: any merger or consolidation involving us and the interested stockholder; any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of our assets involving the interested stockholder; in general, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by us of any of our stock to the interested stockholder; or the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us. In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. We have opted out of this provision. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203.

 

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, following the 50% Trigger Date, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that vacancies, including those resulting from newly created directorships or removal of directors, may only be filled (i) by the Designated Controlling Stockholder or by a majority of the directors then in office, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, and (ii) after the 50% Trigger Date, by a majority of the directors then in office, in each case although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. This may deter a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of the board of directors by filling the remaining vacancies with its own nominees.

 

Limitation on Directors’ Liability

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL permits a corporation to limit or eliminate a director’s personal liability to the corporation or the holders of its capital stock for breach of duty. This limitation is generally unavailable for acts or omissions by a director which (i) were in bad faith, (ii) were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (iii) involved a financial profit or other advantage to which such director was not legally entitled. The DGCL also prohibits limitations on director liability for acts or omissions which

 

96


Table of Contents

resulted in a violation of a statute prohibiting certain dividend declarations, certain payments to stockholders after dissolution and particular types of loans. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of our Company and our stockholders (through stockholders’ derivative suits on behalf of our Company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

Senior Secured Debt Facilities

 

Under our credit agreements, a change of control may permit the lenders to exercise remedies, such as acceleration of their loans, termination of their obligations to fund additional advances and collection against the collateral securing such loan.

 

Choice of Forum

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Registration Rights

 

Any Holder that (i) collectively and beneficially own at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding Registrable Securities or (ii) collectively and beneficially own at least 10% of the total issued and outstanding Registrable Securities, provided they beneficially own Registrable Securities equivalent to at least 50% of the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by them as of the effective date, will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. In addition, RockPile Holdings and WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC will have the right to register the shares acquired by the RockPile Holders in the RockPile Acquisition under certain circumstances.

 

Demand and Form S-3 Registration Rights

 

A Demand Holder, RockPile Holdings or WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC, in each case subject to specified limitations, may require that we register all or part of their shares (or the RockPile Holders’ shares) of our common stock for sale under the Securities Act, provided that we are not required to effect more than one “marketed” underwritten offering or more than one demand registration in any consecutive 180-day period, that the number of shares of common stock requested to be registered in any underwritten offering have a value equal to at least $40,000,000 or 100% of the Registrable Securities then held by such Demand Holder, that we are not required to effect more than one demand registration (including a marketed underwritten offering) at the request of RockPile Holdings or WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC and that we are not required to effect more than six demand registrations. The Demand Holders, the RockPile Holdings and WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC may make demand for registrations on Form S-1, a long-form registration statement, or Form S-3, a short-form registration statement, when we are eligible to use those forms.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights

 

If we propose to register additional shares of common stock, each Holder will be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include its shares of common stock (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) in that

 

97


Table of Contents

registration with all registration expenses paid by us. Prior to the distribution by Keane Investor of all of the common stock it holds as of the completion of this offering to its equityholders, the only Holders permitted under the Stockholders’ Agreement to include their shares of common stock in a registration proposed by us shall be Keane Investor, the RockPile Holders or a Demand Holder, unless Keane Investor or a Demand Holder (other than the RockPile Holders) also elects to participate in such registration.

 

Limitations and Expenses

 

Other than in a demand registration, with specified exceptions, the rights of the Holders to include shares in a registration are subject to the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the offering. All fees, costs and expenses of any registrations made pursuant to the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement, including demand registrations, registrations on Form S-3 and piggyback registrations, will be paid by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be paid by us, provided that a Demand Holder shall be responsible for our out-of-pocket registration expenses in the case of a withdrawal of a demand registration by such party (subject to certain exceptions).

 

Listing

 

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “FRAC.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC.

 

98


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

111,831,176 shares of common stock are outstanding as of January 9, 2018. In addition, 7,734,601 shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance under our Equity and Incentive Award Plan. All of the shares sold in the IPO are, and all of the shares that are sold in this offering or issued under our incentive plan will be, freely tradable. Shares held by our affiliates and the shares issued in connection with the RockPile Acquisition are subject to certain restrictions on resale.

 

In addition, following this offering certain shareholders will be restricted by lock-up agreements, as described in greater detail below.

 

Registration Rights

 

In connection with the IPO, we entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement with Keane Investor, pursuant to which we granted Keane Investor the right to require us to register its shares of our common stock held by Keane Investor for resale under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. After registration and sale pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. In connection with the RockPile Acquisition, we amended the Stockholders’ Agreement to provide similar registration rights to WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC and RockPile Holdings on behalf of the RockPile Holders. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

The selling stockholder and our executive officers and directors will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters providing, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not, subject to certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus. We will also agree, subject to certain, exceptions, that we will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions and subject to certain restrictions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 90-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. For a more complete description of the lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions, see “Underwriting.”

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of Rule 144 or to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the

 

99


Table of Contents

holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates who satisfy such holding period requirements are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding and (2) the average weekly trading volume of the shares of common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

Transfer Restrictions under the Keane Investor LLC Agreement

 

The Keane Investor LLC Agreement provides that following the 35% Trigger Date, the management board of Keane Investor may cause the distribution of our common stock held by Keane Investor to the members of Keane Investor. If any equityholder of Keane Investor does not wish to participate in a private block sale or resale by Keane Investor (a “Sell-Down”) of our common stock (the “Sell-Down Stock”), Keane Investor shall, subject to compliance with securities laws, distribute to such equityholder such equityholder’s pro rata share of our common stock that would have otherwise been sold in such Sell-Down (the “Distributed Stock”); provided that the Distributed Stock shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer, market stand-off and lock-up provisions to which the Sell-Down Stock is subject in the A&R Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Transaction Transfer Restrictions”). Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Distributed Stock may be sold or otherwise disposed of by the holder thereof so long as no Transaction Transfer Restriction period is in effect. Keane Investor shall provide notice to such holder or its representatives of its intention to effect a Sell-Down not more than 30 calendar days prior to the intended date for the completion of such Sell-Down, in which event the holder of the Distributed Stock shall have the right to participate in such Sell-Down with Keane Investor pro rata based on such holder’s beneficial ownership of our common stock, or, if not participating in such Sell-Down, shall not sell or otherwise dispose of the Distributed Stock (or other of our common stock beneficially owned by such holder) during such 30 calendar day period or such longer transfer, market stand-off or lock-up provision that Keane Investor or its members shall become subject to in connection with such Sell-Down.

 

100


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the instruments and agreements evidencing the material indebtedness of Keane and certain of its subsidiaries. It does not include all of the provisions of our material indebtedness, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the instruments and agreements described.

 

2016 ABL Facility

 

On March 16, 2016, KGH Intermediate Holdco I, LLC, KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Frac, LP, KS Drilling, LLC, Keane Frac ND, LLC and Keane Frac TX, LLC entered into an amendment which modified the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2014 (as amended), by and among KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Frac, LP, KS Drilling, LLC, Keane Frac ND, LLC and Keane Frac TX, LLC, as borrowers, KGH Intermediate Holdco I, LLC and Keane Frac GP, LLC, in their capacity as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as agent for the lenders (the “2016 ABL Facility”) with certain financial institutions (collectively, the “2016 ABL Lenders”) and PNC Bank, National Association, as agent for the 2016 ABL Lenders.

 

On February 17, 2017, we replaced our 2016 ABL Facility with the ABL Facility. We did not incur any early termination fees in connection with the termination of the 2016 ABL Facility.

 

ABL Facility

 

On February 17, 2017, Keane Group, Keane Frac, LP, and KS Drilling, LLC (the “ABL Borrowers”), KGI, as parent guarantor, and certain subsidiaries of the company as subsidiary guarantors and the ABL Guarantors (as defined below) entered into an asset-based revolving credit agreement (the “ABL Facility”) with each lender from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

Structure.    As of September 30, 2017, the ABL Facility provided for a $150.0 million revolving credit facility (with a $20.0 million sub-facility for letters of credit), subject to a borrowing base (as described below). On December 22, 2017, we entered into an amended and restated ABL Facility. The amended and restated ABL Facility among other things, increased the total amount of aggregate commitments by an additional $150.0 million. As a result, as of December 23, 2017, the ABL Facility provided for a $300.0 million revolving credit facility (with a $20.0 million subfacility for letters of credit), subject to a borrowing base (as described below). In addition, subject to approval by the applicable lenders and other customary conditions, the ABL Facility allows for an additional increase in commitments of up to $150.0 million.

 

Maturity.    The loans arising under the initial commitments under the ABL Facility mature on December 22, 2022. The loans arising under any tranche of extended loans or additional commitments mature as specified in the applicable extension amendment or increase joinder, respectively.

 

Borrowing Base.    Pursuant to the terms of the ABL Facility as amended and restated on December 22, 2017, the amount of loans and letters of credit available under the ABL Facility is limited to, at any time of calculation, an amount equal to (a) 85% multiplied by the amount of eligible billed accounts; plus (b) 80% multiplied by the amount of eligible unbilled accounts; provided, that the amount attributable to clause (b) may not exceed 20% of the borrowing base (after giving effect to any reserve, this limitation and the limitation set forth in the proviso in clause (c)); plus (c) the lesser of (i) 70% of the cost and (ii) 85% of the appraised value of eligible inventory and eligible frac iron; provided, that the amount attributable to clause (c) may not exceed 15% of the borrowing base (after giving effect to any reserve, this limitation and the limitation set forth in the proviso in clause (b)); minus (d) the then applicable amount of all reserves.

 

Interest.    Pursuant to the terms of the ABL Facility as amended and restated on December 22, 2017, amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Keane Group’s option,

 

101


Table of Contents

(a) the base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to (x) if the average excess availability is less than 33%, 1.00%, (y) if the average excess availability is greater than or equal to 33% but less than 66%, 0.75% or (z) if the average excess availability is greater than or equal to 66%, 0.50%, or (b) the adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rate for such interest period, plus an applicable margin equal to (x) if the average excess availability is less than 33%, 2.00%, (y) if the average excess availability is greater than or equal to 33% but less than 66%, 1.75% or (z) if the average excess availability is greater than or equal to 66%, 1.50%. On or after June 22, 2018, at any time when Consolidated EBITDA (as defined herein) as of the then most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which financial statements are required to be delivered is greater than or equal to $250.0 million, the applicable margin will be reduced by 0.25%; provided that if Consolidated EBITDA is less than $250.0 million as of a later four consecutive fiscal quarters, the applicable margin will revert to the levels set forth above.

 

Guarantees.    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by KGI, KGH Intermediate Holdco I, LLC, KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Frac GP, LLC, each ABL Borrower (other than with respect to its own obligations) and each subsidiary of KGI that will be required to execute and deliver a facility guaranty after February 17, 2017 (collectively, the “ABL Guarantors”).

 

Security.    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the obligations under the ABL Facility are (a) secured by a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the accounts receivable; inventory; chattel paper, instruments and documents related to accounts, receivables, inventory, equipment securing the ABL Facility; lender-provided hedges; cash; deposit accounts and cash and cash equivalents credited thereto; payment intangibles, general intangibles, commercial tort claims and books and records related to any of the foregoing; rights to business interruption insurance; and supporting obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries that are ABL Borrowers or ABL Guarantors under the ABL Facility (collectively, the “ABL Facility Priority Collateral”) and (b) subject to certain exceptions, secured on a second-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the assets of KGI and the ABL Guarantors to the extent not constituting ABL Facility Priority Collateral.

 

Fees.    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the ABL Facility.

 

Restricted Payment Covenant.    The ABL Facility includes a covenant restricting our ability to pay dividends and make certain other restricted payments, subject to certain exceptions.

 

The ABL Facility provides that KGI may make cash dividends and other restricted payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million in any four consecutive fiscal quarter period, and to the extent Consolidated EBITDA in any four consecutive fiscal quarter period equals or exceeds $350.0 million, such amount is increased to $50.0 million for so long as Consolidated EBITDA continues to equal or exceed such threshold.

 

Additionally, KGI may make additional cash dividends and other restricted payments to the extent no event of default exists or results therefrom and either (x) excess availability under the ABL Facility exceeds the greater of 17.5% of the overall amount available for borrowing under the ABL Facility and $30.0 million, before and after the making of any cash dividend or other restricted payment, and on a pro form basis for the preceding 45 calendar day period, and the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined herein) is at least 1.0 to 1.0, or (y) excess availability exceeds the greater of 20% of the overall amount available for borrowing under the ABL Facility and $35.0 million, before and after the making of any cash dividend or other restricted payment, and on a pro form basis for the preceding 45 calendar day period.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA,” generally, is defined as net income plus reductions to net income attributable to interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and certain other non-cash charges, including, subject to certain limitations, the addition of run-rate cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost saving synergies, and acquisition, integration and divestiture costs and fleet commissioning costs.

 

102


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” is defined as the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the applicable period, minus certain capital expenditures and income taxes paid in cash during such period to (b) interest charges paid or required to be paid in cash, plus scheduled principal payments on certain indebtedness required to be made in cash, plus certain regularly scheduled restricted payments paid in cash, plus restricted payments made using the general dollar basket during such period.

 

Affirmative and Negative Covenants.    The ABL Facility contains various other affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility).

 

Financial Covenants.    Pursuant to the terms of the ABL Facility as amended and restated on December 22, 2017, the ABL Facility requires that, under certain circumstances, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio not be lower than 1.0:1.0 as of the last day of the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements were required to have been delivered, including if excess availability (or liquidity if no loan or letter of credit, other than any letter of credit that has been cash collateralized, is outstanding) is less than the greater of (i) 10% of the loan cap and (ii) $20.0 million at any time.

 

Events of Default.    The ABL Facility contains customary events of default (subject to exceptions, thresholds and grace periods as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility).

 

2016 Term Loan Facility

 

On March 16, 2016, KGH Intermediate Holdco I, LLC, KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC and Keane Frac, LP, entered into a credit agreement (as amended, the “2016 Term Loan Facility”) with certain financial institutions (collectively, the “2016 Term Lenders”) and CLMG Corp., as administrative agent for the 2016 Term Lenders. The 2016 Term Loan Facility initially provided for a $100.0 million term loan. The 2016 Term Loan Facility was prepaid in full on January 25, 2017 in connection with the IPO.

 

New Term Loan Facility

 

On March 15, 2017, Keane Group, Keane Frac, LP and KS Drilling, LLC (together with Keane Group, Keane Frac, LP and each other person that becomes a New Term Loan Borrower under the New Term Loan Facility in accordance with the terms thereof, the “New Term Loan Borrowers”) and the New Term Loan Guarantors (as defined below) entered into a term loan facility (the “2017 Term Loan Facility”) with each lender from time to time party thereto and Owl Rock, as administrative agent and collateral agent. On the RockPile Closing Date, the New Term Loan Borrowers, the New Term Loan Guarantors (as defined below) entered in an incremental term loan facility (the “Incremental Term Loan Facility” and, together with the 2017 Term Loan Facility, collectively, the “New Term Loan Facility”) with each of the incremental lenders party thereto, each of the existing lenders party thereto and Owl Rock, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The following is a summary of the material provisions of the New Term Loan Facility. It does not include all of the provisions of the New Term Loan Facility, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the New Term Loan Facility described.

 

Structure.    The 2017 Term Loan Facility provides for a $150.0 million initial term loan facility and the Incremental Term Loan Facility provides for a $135.0 million incremental term loan facility (collectively, the “Term Loans”). In addition, subject to certain customary conditions, the New Term Loan Facility allows for additional incremental term loans in an amount equal to the sum of (a) $50.0 million (less certain amounts in connection with permitted notes and subordinated indebtedness), plus (b) an unlimited amount, subject to, in the case of subclause (b), immediately after giving effect thereto, the total net leverage ratio being less than 1.75:1.00.

 

Maturity.    August 18, 2022 or, if earlier, the stated maturity date of any other term loans or term commitments.

 

103


Table of Contents

Amortization.    The loans under the 2017 Term Loan Facility amortize in quarterly installments equal to 1.00% per annum of the aggregate principal amount of all initial term loans outstanding, commencing with June 30, 2017. The loans under the Incremental Term Loan Facility amortize in quarterly installments equal to (a) the aggregate original principal amount of the loans under the Incremental Term Loan Facility, times (b) the ratio of (x) the amount of all loans under the 2017 Term Loan Facility that are being repaid on such date to (y) the total aggregate principal amount of all loans under the 2017 Term Loan Facility that remained outstanding as of the RockPile Closing Date, but giving pro forma effect to the amortization payment to be made on June 30, 2017, commencing with September 30, 2017.

 

Interest.    The Term Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Keane Group’s option, (a) the base rate plus 6.25%, or (b) the adjusted LIBOR rate for such interest period (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 7.25%. Following an event of default, the Term Loans bear interest at the rate otherwise applicable to such Term Loans at such time plus an additional 2.00% per annum during the continuance of such event of default.

 

Prepayments.    The New Term Loan Facility is required to be prepaid with: (a) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, casualty events and other dispositions, subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement between the agent for the New Term Loan Facility and the agent for the ABL Facility and certain exceptions; (b) 100% of the net cash proceeds of debt incurrences or issuances (other than debt incurrences permitted under the New Term Loan Agreement) and (c) 50% (subject to step-downs to zero, in accordance with a total net leverage ratio test) of excess cash flow minus certain voluntary prepayments made under the New Term Loan Facility and all voluntary prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility to the extent the commitments under the ABL Facility are permanently reduced by such prepayments.

 

Guarantees.    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the New Term Loan Facility, the amounts outstanding under the New Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by KGI, KGH Intermediate Holdco I, LLC, KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Frac GP, LLC, each New Term Loan Borrower (other than with respect to its own obligations) and each subsidiary of KGI that will be required to execute and deliver a facility guaranty after March 15, 2017 (collectively, the “New Term Loan Guarantors”).

 

Security.    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the New Term Loan Facility, the obligations under the New Term Loan Facility are secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the assets of the New Term Loan Borrowers and the New Term Loan Guarantors to the extent not constituting ABL Facility Priority Collateral and (b) a second-priority security interest in and lien on the ABL Facility Priority Collateral.

 

Fees.    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the New Term Loan Facility.

 

Restricted Payment Covenant.    The New Term Loan Facility includes a covenant restricting our ability to pay dividends and make certain other restricted payments, subject to certain exceptions.

 

The New Term Loan Facility provides that KGI may make cash dividends and other restricted payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million during the term of the facility. If the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined below) is no greater than 3.0 to 1.0 after giving effect to any restricted payments, we can also pay dividends or make other restricted payments up to the amount of the Cumulative Credit (as defined below). Both of these exceptions are also subject to the requirements that there is no event of default and that we have unrestricted cash plus loan availability under the ABL Facility of at least $35.0 million after the making of any cash dividend or other restricted payment.

 

“Total Net Leverage Ratio” is defined as the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness in an amount that would be reflected on our balance sheet in accordance with GAAP (but hedging exposure is included only for amounts exceeding $5.0 million) minus cash and cash equivalents limited to $100.0 million to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (calculated in substantially the same manner as in the ABL Facility).

 

104


Table of Contents

“Cumulative Credit” is defined as an amount equal to the excess cash flow not required to repay the Term Loans plus other customary additions reduced by the amount of Cumulative Credit used prior to any applicable measurement date. However, for so long as the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than 1.75:1:00 after giving effect to any proposed restricted payments, the amount of Cumulative Credit is unlimited.

 

Affirmative and Negative Covenants.    The New Term Loan Facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the New Term Loan Facility).

 

Financial Covenant.    The New Term Loan Facility provides that, as of the last day of any month, the sum of (a) unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the loan parties that are deposited in blocked accounts (to the extent required to be subject to blocked account agreements under the New Term Loan Facility) and (b) the aggregate principal amount that is available for borrowing under the ABL Facility, may not be less than $35.0 million.

 

Events of Default.    The New Term Loan Facility contains customary events of default (subject to exceptions, thresholds and grace periods as set forth in the definitive documentation for the New Term Loan Facility).

 

Note Purchase Agreement

 

On March 16, 2016, KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, entered into an amendment which modified its existing note purchase agreement (as amended through the date hereof, the “NPA”) with certain financial institutions (collectively, the “Purchasers”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as agent for the Purchasers. The NPA initially provided for $200.0 million of secured notes (which included a $50.0 million subfacility for delayed draw notes) (the “Notes”). The Notes had a maturity date of August 8, 2019 and amortized in quarterly installments equal to $1.25 million, which commenced on December 31, 2014. The Notes bore interest at a rate per annum equal to 12.00%. Any overdue principal amount in respect of the Notes bore interest at the rate otherwise applicable to the Notes at such time plus an additional 2.00%.

 

The Company repaid a portion of the Notes upon the consummation of the IPO. In connection with entering into the 2017 Term Loan Facility, the Company fully repaid the Notes on March 15, 2017.

 

105


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined herein) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. This summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.

 

Except as modified for estate tax purposes (as discussed below), a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

 

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not address the effects of any other United States federal tax laws (including gift tax or the Medicare tax on certain investment income) and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income or estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

 

If an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

 

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA (as defined herein) below, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States are generally not subject to the United States federal withholding tax (provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides

 

106


Table of Contents

otherwise. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on its effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

 

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

 

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to United States federal income tax on the net gain derived from the disposition on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point immediately above, it may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

 

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

 

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. However, even if we become a “United States real property holding corporation,” if our common stock is considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market for United States federal income tax purposes, only a non-U.S. holder who, actually or constructively, holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain derived from the disposition of our common stock.

 

107


Table of Contents

Federal Estate Tax

 

Common stock held (or deemed held) at the time of death by an individual non-U.S. holder who is neither a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for United States estate tax purposes) will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Additional Withholding Requirements

 

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

108


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

The Company, the selling stockholder and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives for the underwriters named below, have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc.

  

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     6,000,000  
  

 

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below unless and until this option is exercised.

 

The selling stockholder has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional 900,000 common shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional common shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment in such shares. Any shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 900,000 shares from the selling stockholder.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share Sold by the Selling Stockholder

   $           $       

Total

   $           $       

 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $     per share from the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

The Company, its officers and directors and the selling stockholder have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions (such as an exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder), not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent

 

109


Table of Contents

of the representatives. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions and subject to certain restrictions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 90 day restricted period after the date of this prospectus and we may continue to issue equity awards under any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

 

The public offering price has been negotiated among the Company and the representatives.

 

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “FRAC.”

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option to purchase additional shares described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of shares offered.

 

The Company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1,800,000. The Company has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any required review of the terms of the offering by FINRA in an amount not to exceed $25,000.

 

The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

110


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the Company and to persons and entities with relationships with the Company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates are agents and/or lenders under our ABL Facility.

 

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the Company (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the Company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

 

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

111


Table of Contents

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

(c) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “FSMA”), received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA would not apply to the Company; and

 

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

112


Table of Contents

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Dubai

 

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

113


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

 

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

 

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

 

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

 

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

114


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby and certain legal matters for Keane Investor. Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, New York, New York, is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Keane Group Holdings LLC as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2016, and the balance sheet for Keane Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2016, have been incorporated by reference in this registration statement, and the consolidated financial statements of Trican Well Service, LP as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the years then ended have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference and appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The consolidated financial statements of RockPile Energy Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and for the periods from September 8, 2016 to December 31, 2016, January 1, 2016 to September 7, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, incorporated by reference in this prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public accountants, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The consolidated financial statements of RockPile Energy Services, LLC as of and for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, have been incorporated by reference in this registration statement in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

In connection with the IPO, we requested our independent auditor, KPMG, to affirm its independence relative to the rules and regulations of the Public Company Accounting Standards Board and the SEC. During KPMG’s independence evaluation procedures, an impermissible contingent fee arrangement was identified between a KPMG member firm of KPMG International Cooperative (the “KPMG Member Firm”) and an affiliated entity controlled by our Sponsor. This engagement existed during 2015 and through October 2016. The impermissible fee arrangement was terminated promptly upon identification. The KPMG member firm referenced above does not participate in the audit engagement of Keane Group, Inc. and Keane Group Holdings, LLC and the services provided by the KPMG member firm had no effect on KPMG’s audit engagements. KPMG considered whether the matters noted above impacted its objectivity and ability to exercise impartial judgment with regard to its engagement as our auditors and have concluded that there has been no impairment of KPMG’s objectivity and ability to exercise impartial judgment on all matters encompassed within its audits. After taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of the above matter and KPMG’s determination, Keane Group Holdings, LLC’s audit committee also concluded that KPMG’s objectivity and ability to exercise impartial judgment has not been impaired.

 

INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

We “incorporate by reference” certain documents we have filed with the SEC, which means that we are disclosing important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus, and any information contained in this prospectus or in any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus or free writing prospectus provided to you in connection with this

 

115


Table of Contents

offering modifies or supersedes the original statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to be a part of this prospectus. The following documents filed with the SEC are hereby incorporated by reference in this prospectus:

 

   

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 21, 2017,

 

   

our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2017, filed with the SEC on May 5, 2017;

 

   

our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2017, filed with the SEC on August 3, 2017;

 

   

our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2017, filed with the SEC on November 7, 2017;

 

   

our Current Reports on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 26, 2017, February 23, 2017, April 4, 2017, May 12, 2017, May 19, 2017, July 3, 2017, including the amendments thereto filed on August 4, 2017 and January 10, 2018, September 8, 2017, December 14, 2017 and December 28, 2017, and

 

   

the description of our common stock as set forth in our registration statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-37988), filed with the SEC on January 18, 2017, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, including any subsequent amendments or reports filed for the purpose of updating such description.

 

We hereby undertake to provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request of any such person, a copy of any and all of the information that has been incorporated by reference in this prospectus, other than exhibits to such documents, unless such exhibits have been specifically incorporated by reference thereto. Requests for such copies should be directed to our Investor Relations department, at the following address:

 

Keane Group, Inc.

2121 Sage Road

Houston, TX 77056

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information included in the registration statement and the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information about us and the common stock being offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We are required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, such reports and other information may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains our SEC filings. Statements made in this prospectus about legal documents may not necessarily be complete, and you should read the documents which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement otherwise filed with the SEC.

 

116


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Trican Well Service, L.P.

  

Audited Financial Statements

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Statements of Partners’ Capital

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

The Board of Directors and Members

Keane Group Holdings, LLC:

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Trican Well Service, L.P., which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, partners’ capital, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Trican Well Service, L.P. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Houston, Texas

October 20, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2015 and 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     2015      2014  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 12,758      $ 13,070  

Trade accounts receivable net of allowance of $261 at December 31, 2015 and $3,196 at December 31, 2014

     30,163        215,205  

Inventories, net

     36,697        68,808  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     10,603        18,785  

Due from related parties

     59,013        45,766  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     149,234        361,634  

Property and equipment, net

     217,687        544,043  

Intangible assets, net

     —          708  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 366,921      $ 906,385  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Partners’ Capital

     

Current liabilities:

     

Trade payables

   $ 28,065      $ 69,818  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     12,977        45,462  

Current maturities of capital lease obligations

     1,960        4,995  

Due to related parties

     104,970        128,292  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     147,972        248,567  

Long term debt

     119,800        229,610  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,315        3,221  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noncurrent liabilities

     121,115        232,831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     269,087        481,398  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)

     

Partners’ capital

     

General partner’s capital

     97,736        424,562  

Limited partner’s capital

     98        425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total partners’ capital

     97,834        424,987  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and partners’ capital

   $ 366,921      $ 906,385  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     2015     2014  

Revenue

   $ 372,078     $ 981,837  

Operating costs and expenses:

    

Direct costs

     207,618       448,055  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     223,832       485,977  

Depreciation and amortization

     80,684       92,394  

Impairment of property and equipment

     246,626       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     758,760       1,026,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (386,682     (44,589
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses:

    

Other expense (income), net

     103       (1,317

Interest expense, net

     5,438       5,987  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

     5,541       4,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (392,223   $ (49,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Statements of Partners’ Capital

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     General
Partner’s

Capital
    Limited
Partner’s
Capital
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 467,262     $ 468     $ 467,730  

Contributions

     11,089       11       11,100  

Distributions

     (5,043     (5     (5,048

Stock-based payments

     464       —         464  

Net loss

     (49,210     (49     (49,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     424,562       425       424,987  

Contributions

     71,002       71       71,073  

Distributions

     (6,174     (6     (6,180

Stock-based payments

     177       —         177  

Net loss

     (391,831     (392     (392,223
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

   $ 97,736     $ 98     $ 97,834  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     2015     2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (392,223   $ (49,259

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     80,684       92,394  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     4,435       8,089  

Provision for bad debt expense (recovery)

     (45     2,676  

Impairment of property and equipment

     246,626       —    

Provision for slow moving and obsolete inventory

     7,335       5,098  

Stock-based compensation

     177       464  

Decrease (increase) in trade receivables

     185,087       (130,763

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     13,401       (27,532

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8,182       (263

Decrease (increase) in due from related parties

     (3,135     (4,470

Increase (decrease) in trade payables

     (41,601     28,892  

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (32,484     17,801  

Increase (decrease) in due to related parties

     6,131       9,077  

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     (1,906     (191
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     80,664       (47,987
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (691     (42,889

Payments received on note due from a related party

     2,000       —    

Advances made on note due from a related party

     (4,465     (19,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,156     (61,889
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Payments on capital leases

     (4,309     (5,871

Proceeds from the revolving credit facility

     58,000       148,000  

Payments on the revolving credit facility

     (167,494     (32,000

Contributions from partners

     41,008       11,100  

Distributions to partners

     (5,025     (5,048
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (77,820     116,181  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (312     6,305  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning

     13,070       6,765  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, ending

   $ 12,758     $ 13,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 5,879     $ 5,841  

Non-cash investing and financing activity:

    

Capital lease obligations

   $ 3,153     $ 2,142  

Non-cash capital contributions

   $ 30,065     $ —    

Non-cash capital distributions

   $ (1,155   $ —    

Non-cash purchases of property and equipment from parent

   $ 2,359     $ 34,454  

Decrease in accrual related to purchases of property and equipment

   $ (3,054   $ (2,206

Noncash transfers of property and equipment to Parent

   $ 2,045     $ 4,336  

Non-cash capitalization of components to property and equipment

   $ 5,773     $ 7,949  

Non-cash transfers of inventory to Parent

   $ 5,602     $ 2,991  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(1) Description of Company

 

Trican Well Service, L.P. (the “Partnership”) is a multi-basin provider of oilfield services to oil and natural gas exploration and production companies in the United States. The Partnership provides customers with hydraulic fracturing, cementing, coiled tubing and other services.

 

The Partnership is a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Trican Well Service Ltd. (the “Parent”); an international oilfield services company incorporated under the laws of the province of Alberta, Canada and traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange.

 

On January 25, 2016 the Parent entered into a definitive agreement with Keane Group Holdings LLC (“Keane”), a privately held U.S. based oilfield services company, for the sale of Parent’s U.S. pressure pumping business for $200 million in cash, an equity interest in Keane and Class C Profits Interests in Keane that represent an additional economic participation above certain thresholds upon a Keane liquidity event (the “Transaction”). The Transaction includes the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the Partnership. Businesses retained by the Parent included Trican Geological Services and Trican Industrial and Pipeline Services. The Transaction closed on March 16, 2016.

 

(2) Basis of Presentation

 

The financial statements of the Partnership have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Regulation S-X, Article 3, General Instructions as to Financial Statements and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 1-B, Allocations of Expenses and Related Disclosure in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser Business Components of Another Entity, and reflect all material adjustments that management believes are necessary to present fairly, in all material respects the financial results for the periods presented.

 

The Partnership operates independently from the Parent and incurs its own operating expenses. However, certain support functions are provided to the Partnership by the Parent. These functions include corporate finance, information systems, human resources, technology services, research and development, and operational and safety support. The main allocation driver for each of the allocated expenses is time spent supporting the Partnership as a percentage of total time spent by each Parent employee on each area.

 

Management believes that the assumptions underlying financial statements including assumptions regarding allocating general corporate overhead from the Parent are reasonable. However, such costs may not reflect the actual expenses that would have been incurred had the Partnership been operating as a standalone company for the periods presented. In addition, these costs may not be reflective of costs that would have been incurred if the Partnership was operating as part of Keane.

 

Actual costs that would have been incurred if the Partnership operated independently from the Parent would depend on multiple factors, including organizational and strategic decisions in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Transactions between Trican and the Parent have been identified in these financial statements as transactions between related parties. Refer to Note 15 for further discussion of related party transactions.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a) Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets, allowances for doubtful accounts, impairment of long-lived assets, contingent liabilities, fair value of stock-based compensation and net realizable value of inventory.

 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Partnership considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

(c) Trade Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. Amounts collected on trade accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the statements of cash flows.

 

The Partnership analyzes the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses related to potentially uncollectible accounts receivable on a case by case basis throughout the year. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Partnership reserves amounts based on specific identification. Account balances are written off after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
         2015             2014      

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning of year

   $ 3,196     $ 1,226  

Bad debt expense:

  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     1,035       2,676  

Recovery of doubtful accounts

     (1,080     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total bad debt expense / (recovery)

     (45     2,676  

Write off of uncollectible accounts against reserve

     (2,890     (706
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, end of year

   $ 261     $ 3,196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(d) Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the standard cost method adjusted for variances when necessary, to approximate average costs. Costs of inventories include purchase, conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its existing location and condition. Spare parts are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using weighted average method.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The Partnership periodically reviews the nature and quantities of inventory on hand and evaluates the net realizable value of items based on historical usage patterns, known changes to equipment or processes and customer demand for specific products. Significant or unanticipated changes in business conditions could impact the magnitude and timing of impairment recognized. Provision for excess or obsolete inventories is determined based on our historical usage of inventory on-hand, volume on hand versus anticipated usage, technological advances, and consideration of current market conditions. Inventories that have not turned over for more than a year are subject to a slow moving reserve provision. In addition, inventories that have become obsolete due to technological advances, excess volume on hand, or not fitting our equipment are written-off.

 

(e) Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue from the Partnership’s hydraulic fracturing, cementing and coiled tubing services is earned and recognized as jobs are completed, which is generally on a day or hourly rate, raw material consumption, per stage or similar basis. All revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is complete, the amount is determinable and collectability is reasonably assured, as follows:

 

Hydraulic Fracturing

 

The Partnership provides hydraulic fracturing services pursuant to contractual arrangements, such as term contracts and pricing agreements, or on a spot market basis. Revenue is recognized upon the completion of each job, which can consist of one or more fracturing stages or wells. Once a job has been completed to the customer’s satisfaction, a field ticket is created that includes charges for the service performed and the chemicals and proppants consumed during the course of the service. The field ticket may also include charges for the mobilization of the equipment to the location, additional equipment used on the job, if any, and other miscellaneous items. This field ticket is used to create an invoice, which is sent to the customer upon the completion of each job.

 

Cementing

 

The Partnership provides cementing services pursuant to contractual arrangements, such as term contracts and pricing agreements, or on a spot market basis. The Partnership typically charges the customer for these services on a per job basis at agreed upon spot market rates or agreed upon job pricing for a particular project. Once a job has been completed to the customer’s satisfaction, a field ticket is written that includes charges for the service performed and the consumables used during the course of service. Revenue is recognized and customers are invoiced upon the completion of each job.

 

Coiled Tubing

 

Through its coiled tubing service line, the Partnership provides a range of coiled tubing and other well stimulation services, including nitrogen and pressure pumping services, primarily on a spot market basis. Jobs for these services are typically short term in nature, lasting anywhere from a few hours to several days. Revenue is recognized upon completion of each day’s work based upon a completed field ticket. The field ticket includes charges for the services performed and the consumables used during the course of service. The field ticket may also include charges for the mobilization and set-up of equipment, the personnel on the job, any additional equipment used on the job, and other miscellaneous items. The Partnership typically charges the customer for the services performed and resources provided on an daily basis at agreed-upon spot market rates.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

Shipping and handling costs related to customer contracts are charged to cost of services. To the extent such costs are billable to the customer the amounts are recorded as revenue.

 

(f) Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, inclusive of equipment under capital lease, is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.

 

Depreciation is recognized in the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each part of an item of property and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits generated by the asset. Management bases the estimate of the useful life and salvage value of property and equipment on expected utilization, technological change and effectiveness of maintenance programs. When parts of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property and equipment.

 

Gains and losses on disposal of property and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property and equipment, and are recognized net within operating costs and expenses in the statements of operations.

 

Equipment and vehicles held under capital leases are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

 

Major classifications of property and equipment and their respective useful lives are as follows:

 

Type of property of equipment

   Estimated useful life

Land

   Indefinite life

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   30 years

Machinery and equipment

   5 to 10 years

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

   2 to 10 years

 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate.

 

The Partnership incurs maintenance costs on its major equipment. Repair and maintenance costs that do not improve or extend the life of the related assets are expensed as incurred. Refurbishments and renewals are capitalized when the value of the equipment is enhanced for a period of greater than 12 months.

 

(g) Intangible Assets

 

The Partnership’s acquired intangible assets are comprised of non-compete agreements and customer lists. Non-compete agreements and customer lists were recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date and amortized on a straight-line basis over 8 year and 5 year estimated useful lives, respectively.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(h) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Partnership assesses its intangible assets and property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed using undiscounted future net cash flows of assets grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets.

 

The Partnership determined the lowest level of identifiable cash flows that are independent of other asset groups to be at the asset group level (cementing, coiled tubing, hydraulic fracturing and other), as well as an entity level asset group for assets that do not have identifiable independent cash flows. Impairments exist when the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds estimates of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. When alternative courses of action to recover the carrying amount of the asset are under consideration, estimates of future undiscounted cash flows take into account possible outcomes and probabilities of their occurrence. If the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable based on the estimated future undiscounted cash flows, the impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset group’s carrying amount over its estimated fair value, such that the asset group’s carrying amount is adjusted to its estimated fair value, with an offsetting charge to operating costs and expenses. In assessing fair value of an asset group, recent market transactions are taken into account, if available. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used.

 

(i) Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value represents the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The Partnership’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at each reporting date are classified according to a hierarchy that prioritizes inputs and assumptions underlying the valuation techniques. The Partnership utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Partnership determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in an active market for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

 

Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest priority level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. There were no transfers into or out of Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

 

The Partnership’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, accrued expenses, related party balances and long-term debt. The carrying values of all the

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Partnership’s financial instruments included in the accompanying balance sheets approximated or equaled their fair values at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

   

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, related party balances, trade payables, and accrued expenses approximated fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, due to their short-term nature.

 

   

The carrying value of amounts outstanding under long-term debt agreements with variable rates approximated fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, as the variable interest rates approximated market rates.

 

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

 

The fair values of long-lived assets are determined with internal cash flow models based on significant unobservable inputs. The Partnership measures the fair value of its property and equipment using the discounted cash flow method and market participant assumptions. Given the unobservable nature of the inputs used in the Partnership’s internal cash flow models, the cash flows models are deemed to use Level 3 inputs.

 

During 2015, the Partnership recognized an impairment loss on its long-lived assets of $246.6 million. Refer to Note 8 for further discussion of impairment of long-lived assets.

 

(j) Employee Benefits and Postemployment Benefits

 

Contractual termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated due to an event specified in the provisions of a social/labor plan, state or federal law. Accordingly, in situations where minimum statutory termination benefits must be paid to the affected employees, the Partnership records employee severance costs associated with these activities in accordance with ASC 712, Compensation—Nonretirement Post-Employment Benefits. In all other situations where the Partnership pays termination benefits, including supplemental benefits paid in excess of statutory minimum amounts and benefits offered to affected employees based on management’s discretion, the Partnership records these termination costs in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. A liability is recognized for one time termination benefits when the Partnership is committed to i) make payments and the number of affected employees and the benefits received are known to both parties, and ii) terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal and can reasonably estimate such amount.

 

(k) Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Parent sponsors a stock option plan in which certain employees of the Partnership are eligible. The Partnership accounts for the stock options issued under the plan as a capital contribution from the Parent. Compensation cost is measured at the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model and is recognized using a graded vesting schedule over the service period for each tranche.

 

The Parent also sponsors a restricted share unit (“RSU”) plan in which employees of the Partnership participate. The awards issued under this plan are accounted for at fair value and recognized in the statement of operations using a graded vesting schedule over the service period for each tranche. These awards are settled in cash and therefore are classified as liabilities under ASC 718, Stock-based Compensation. At each reporting date between the grant date and the settlement date, the fair value of the liability is re-measured with any changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations for the period.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(l) Leases

 

The Partnership leases certain facilities and equipment used in its operations. The Partnership evaluates and classifies its leases as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Assets held under capital leases are included in property and equipment. Operating lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Landlord incentives are recorded as deferred rent and amortized as reductions to lease expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the applicable lease.

 

(m) Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs incurred directly by the Partnership were $3.5 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, research and development costs incurred by the Parent and allocated to the Partnership were $0.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(n) Income Taxes

 

The Partnership is a limited partnership and, therefore, is not liable for entity-level federal income taxes. It is not subject to any state and local income taxes. The Partnership’s operating results are included in Trican Delaware Inc.’s consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax returns.

 

(4) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Loss, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with a modified-retrospective approach to be used for implementation. ASU 2016-13 changes several aspects of accounting for credit losses on assets measured at amortized cost and available-for-sale debt securities. The Partnership does not expect this guidance to have any impact on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is effective for annual periods beginning after December 31, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with a cumulative-effect and prospective approach to be used for implementation. ASU 2016-09 changes several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions including accounting for income taxes, classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows, forfeitures, minimum statutory tax withholding requirements and classification of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows when an employer withholds shares for tax-withholding purposes. The Partnership is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance on our financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010, with a modified retrospective approach to be used for implementation. ASU 2016-02 updates the previous lease guidance by requiring the recognition of a right-to-use asset and lease liability on the statement of financial position for those leases previously classified as operating leases under the old guidance. In addition, ASU 2016-02 updates the criteria for a lessee’s classification of a finance lease. The Partnership is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance on our financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, “Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory,” which requires that inventory measured using FIFO or average cost be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Partnership is evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability. The ASU also requires amortization of debt issuance costs to be reported as interest expense. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Partnership will implement the provisions of ASU 2015-03, retrospectively, effective January 1, 2016. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Partnership’s financial condition.

 

In January 2015, the FASB issued a new accounting pronouncement regarding extraordinary items. The guidance eliminates the concept and presentation requirements for extraordinary items and issuers are no longer required to evaluate and present separately any transaction which is unusual and infrequent. The guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Partnership does not expect this guidance to have any impact on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This ASU amends the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition and is based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The Partnership is required to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted on January 1, 2017, and is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

(5) Inventories, net

 

Inventories, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
     2015     2014  

Chemicals and consumables

   $ 16,046     $ 32,649  

Parts

     27,269       41,257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less provision for slow moving inventory

     (6,618     (5,098
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventories, net

   $ 36,697     $ 68,808  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Partnership reviews the carrying value of inventory on a quarterly basis to verify that inventory is measured at the lower of cost or market value. As a result of decreased activity, the Partnership recorded a charge of $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and nil for the year ended December 31, 2014 presented within direct costs in the statement of operations to write-down obsolete inventory to net realizable value. In addition, the Partnership recorded a slow moving inventory provision in the amount of $1.5 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(6) Property and Equipment, net

 

Property and equipment, net at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
     2015     2014  

Land

   $ 10,018     $ 10,018  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     19,869       45,095  

Machinery and equipment

     397,246       784,544  

Office equipment, furniture, fixtures

     3,688       5,766  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost

     430,821       845,423  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (231,800     (322,551

Assets not placed into service

     18,666       21,171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 217,687     $ 544,043  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery and equipment as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 includes $10.7 million and $23.3 million of vehicles under capital lease, respectively. Accumulated depreciation related to vehicles under capital leases was $6.2 million and $15.5 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

In 2015, the Partnership recorded $246.6 million of impairment losses. Refer to Note 8 for discussion of the nature of impairment losses.

 

(7) Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 22,400      $ (18,859   $ 3,541  

Amortization

        (2,833     (2,833
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     22,400        (21,692     708  

Amortization

        (708     (708
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

   $ 22,400      $ (22,400   $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The above balances do not include the fully amortized customer list intangible of $9.1 million. As a result of a decline in commodity prices during the fourth quarter of 2014, the Partnership tested the intangible assets for impairment as of December 31, 2014. No impairment was recorded because the fair value of the asset group was higher than the carrying amount. As of December 31, 2015 both intangible assets were fully amortized.

 

(8) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

Due to impact of the sharp decline in commodity prices during the fourth quarter of 2014 on the demand for the Partnership’s services, Partnership has determined that triggering event existed and performed an impairment testing of its long-lived asset impairment as of December 31, 2014.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

No impairment was recorded in 2014 because under the Step 1 of the impairment assessment the sum of estimated future undiscounted cash flows of each asset group was higher than each respective carrying amount.

 

The Partnership tested its long-lived assets for impairment as of December 31, 2015, due to the continued decline in commodity prices and excess pressure pumping supply in the market, which were deemed triggering events. The Partnership tested property and equipment for recoverability by comparing the sum of estimated future undiscounted cash flows to the carrying value of each asset group.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the sum of the estimated future undiscounted cash flows was less than the carrying amount for each of the three asset groups. The Partnership measured the amount of impairment by comparing the fair value of each asset group to the carrying amount. The Partnership measured the fair value of its property and equipment using the discounted cash flow method using Level 3 unobservable inputs, incorporating market participant assumptions. The expected future cash flows used for impairment reviews and related fair value calculations are based on judgmental assessments of projected revenue growth, fleet count, utilization, gross margin rates, SG&A rates, working capital fluctuations, maintenance capital expenditures, discount rates and terminal growth rates. As a result, the following impairment charges were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

   

The Partnership identified that the fair value of the cementing asset group was below its carrying amount. An impairment charge of $14.9 million was recorded against property and equipment related to this asset group. As a result of the impairment the carrying amount of this asset group has been reduced to fair value of $10.1 million.

 

   

The Partnership identified that the fair value of the coiled tubing asset group was below its carrying amount. An impairment charge of $12.3 million was recorded against property and equipment related to this asset group. As a result of the impairment the carrying amount of this asset group has been reduced to fair value of $6.1 million.

 

   

The Partnership identified that the fair value of the fracturing and other asset group was below its carrying amount. An impairment charge of $219.4 million was recorded against property and equipment related to this asset group. As a result of the impairment the carrying amount of this asset group has been reduced to fair value of $201.4 million.

 

The commodity price environment has created considerable uncertainty as to the level of activity that will be undertaken by several of the Partnership’s customers and considerably increases the estimation uncertainty associated with the future cash flows used in the impairment tests. Assumptions that are valid at the time of preparing the cash flow models may change significantly when new information becomes available.

 

(9) Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
     2015     2014  

Revolving credit facility (RCF)

   $ 117,205     $ 226,700  

Capital lease obligations

     4,555       7,905  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     121,760       234,605  

Less: current maturities of capital lease obligations

     (1,960     (4,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 119,800     $ 229,610  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Revolving Credit Facility (RCF)

 

The Parent is a borrower under the 2015 Amended Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders. The Credit Agreement includes a revolving credit facility (“RCF”) to fund working capital needs, capital expenditures and permitted acquisitions. The Partnership, being one of the subsidiaries of the Parent, is able to draw upon the RCF in the United States to fund its local operations.

 

All borrowings under the RCF bear interest, at the Partnership’s option, at the applicable prime rate, Banker’s acceptance rate, or LIBOR plus a margin of 3.5% to 6.25%, dependent on certain financial ratios of the Partnership as outlined in the Credit Agreement. Draws under the RCF outstanding at December 31, 2015 carry interest at rates ranging from 4.77% to 4.92% per annum with maturities on dates ranging from January 7, 2016 to February 1, 2016. Draws under the RCF outstanding at December 31, 2014 carry interest at rates from 3.41% to 3.48% per annum with maturities on dates ranging from January 8, 2015 to February 24, 2015. Upon maturity of each draw the Partnership can roll it over to the next 30 to 90 day period or pay it down. The total undrawn commitment on the RCF available to the Partnership was $92.4 million and $22.8 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The undrawn commitment fee was 0.73% at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The final maturity of the RCF is October 18, 2018.

 

As part of the Credit Agreement, the Partnership as a restricted subsidiary of the Parent entered into a loan guarantee with the lenders. Restricted subsidiaries are all subsidiaries which are wholly owned by the Parent as further defined in the Credit Agreement and include Trican Well Service, L.P., Canadian Oilfield Stimulation Services Ltd., Birchwood Industries Ltd., Northline Energy Ltd., Trican Geological Solutions Ltd., Trican Partnership, Trican Completion Solutions Ltd., Trican Completion Solutions LLC, TriLib Management LLC, Trican Delaware Inc., Northline Energy Services Inc. and Trican, LLC. In accordance with the loan guarantee, the Partnership along with all other restricted subsidiaries listed above that are obligors on the Credit Agreement guarantees all of the lender secured obligations, whereby the Partnership absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocable guarantees to the lenders the due and punctual payment, discharge and full performance of all guaranteed obligations owing by any obligor to any and all of the lender secured parties, as defined in the Credit Agreement. In addition, all North American assets of the Parent including any material real property and title goods including those of the Partnership were pledged as collateral under the Credit Agreement.

 

In addition, the Parent must comply with all covenants as outlined in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement also contains various customary representations and warranties. As of December 31, 2015, the Parent was in compliance with all covenants under the 2015 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2014, the Parent was in compliance with covenants under the 2014 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

Capital Leases

 

The Partnership entered into several capital leases of office equipment and vehicles. These capital lease obligations are presented as separate line items in the financial statements, have lease terms that range from 36 to 60 months and interest rates that range from 2.25% to 3.75%. The outstanding capital lease obligation balance is $4.6 million and $7.9 million as at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Depreciation of assets held under capital leases is included within depreciation expense.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Future minimum lease payments under the Partnership’s capital leases, for the next five years are listed below:

 

Year-end December 31,

   Thousands of Dollars  

2016

   $ 2,054  

2017

     1,288  

2018

     1,198  

2019

     197  

2020

     —    
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

     4,737  

Less amount representing interest(1)

     (182
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,555  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)   Amount necessary to reduce net minimum payments to present value calculated at the Partnership’s implicit rate at inception of the lease.

 

(10) Stock-Based Compensation

 

Overview of Share-Based Payment Plans

 

The Parent of the Partnership granted share-based awards to certain directors, officers, key employees and consultants of the Partnership in order to provide increased incentive to contribute to the future success of the Partnership. Share-based awards were issued to the key employees and directors in the form of stock options and restricted share units (“RSUs”) under the provisions of the 2010 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (“Stock Option Plan”) and 2010 Restricted Share Unit Plan (“RSU Plan”), respectively.

 

Stock Option Plan:

 

Stock options may be granted at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Parent, and all officers and employees of the Partnership are eligible for participation in the stock option plan. The option strike price equals the volume-weighted-average closing price of the Parent’s shares traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange, for the five trading days preceding the date of grant. Options granted in 2010 and thereafter vest in three equal tranches on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates and expire five years from the date of grant. The Parent usually issues new shares to employees upon the exercise of vested stock options.

 

The Partnership records equity classified stock-based awards, granted to its employees by its Parent as a capital contribution from the Parent and recognizes related compensation in its statement of operations. The Partnership recognized compensation expense associated with stock options of $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These amounts were recorded within selling, general and administrative expense in the Partnership’s statements of operations.

 

Total unrecognized compensation expense associated with stock options is $0.1 million at December 31, 2015 and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.1 years.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and weighted-average grant date fair value for options granted in 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Weighted-average assumptions used:

    

Expected volatility

     60.1     38.7

Dividend yield

     0.0     2.2

Risk-free interest rate

     0.6     1.3

Expected term (years)

     3.6       3.4  

Weighted-average grant date fair value (per option)

   $ 0.27     $ 3.19  

 

Transactions related to stock options for the year ended December 31, 2015 are summarized as follows:

 

     Options     Weighted-
average
exercise
price per
share
     Weighted-
average
remaining
term (in
years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value (in
Thousands
of
Dollars)(2)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

     523,675     $ 15.20        3.0     

Granted

     298,400       0.63        

Exercised

     —         —          

Forfeited

     (149,250     13.32        

Expired

     (57,200     16.32        

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     615,625       8.49        3.4      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015(1)

     582,676       8.77        3.3        0.00  

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

     206,578     $ 17.4        1.6      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes outstanding vested options as well as outstanding non-vested options, net of estimated forfeitures
(2)   Based on the Parent’s closing stock price of $0.46 on December 31, 2015

 

Restricted Stock Unit Plan:

 

Restricted stock units are classified as liability awards as they are cash settled. Under the terms of the RSU plan, the RSUs awarded vest in three equal portions on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date and are settled in cash in the amount equal to the volume-weighted-average trading price for the twenty trading days preceding the particular vesting date of the award. The fair value of the RSUs is expensed into income over the vesting period using the graded vesting schedule. At each reporting date between grant date and settlement, the fair value of the liability is re-measured with any changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations during the period. All officers and employees of the Partnership are eligible for participation in the plan.

 

The Partnership recognized share-based payment reversal (expense) associated with the vesting of RSUs of $0.8 million and ($0.9) million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These amounts were recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the statement of operations.

 

Total unrecognized share-based payment expense was $0.2 million at December 31, 2015 and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Transactions related to RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2015 are summarized as follows:

 

     Non-Vested RSUs  

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     616,316  

Granted

     336,467  

Vested

     (197,019

Forfeited

     (264,047
  

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2015

     491,717  
  

 

 

 

 

Total cash settlement of vested RSUs was $0.6 and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(11) Operating Leases

 

The Partnership has certain non-cancelable operating leases for rail cars, office facilities and other equipment. Certain rail car leases require additional rental payments for the use of rail cars in excess of the allowable mileage stated in the respective agreement.

 

Certain leases include incentives during the buildout period and escalation clauses for adjusting rental payments to reflect changes in price indices. These leases generally contain renewal options and require the lessee to pay maintenance, insurance, taxes and other operating expenses in addition to the minimum annual rentals.

 

Landlord allowances are generally comprised of amounts received and/or promised to the Partnership by landlords and may be received in the form of cash or free rent. Rental expense related to operating leases of properties and rail cars was $6.1 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Year-end December 31,

   Thousands of Dollars  

2016

   $ 5,760  

2017

     5,376  

2018

     4,448  

2019

     2,390  

2020

     520  
  

 

 

 
   $ 18,494  
  

 

 

 

 

(12) Termination Benefits

 

The Partnership recognized termination benefits in the amount of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 related to the termination of 238 employees and closure of two of its district offices in Longview, Texas and Minot, North Dakota. This charge was recorded within selling, general and administrative expense in the statement of operations. No termination benefits were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

 

Litigation

 

From time to time, the Partnership is subject to legal and administrative proceedings, settlements, investigations, claims and actions.

 

Sand Storage LLC Settlement—The Partnership was found to be in breach of a sand storage contract in Mathis with Sand Storage LLC. The claim was settled in January 2016 for $0.6 million including legal fees and was fully accrued for by the Partnership as of December 31, 2015.

 

Chesapeake Energy Corp. Settlement—Through an internal investigation it was discovered that the use tax the Partnership had been passing through to Chesapeake Energy Corp. had likely been calculated in error. Chesapeake Energy Corp. approved the settlement letter for $1.5 million, which was fully accrued for by the Partnership as of December 31, 2015.

 

Huron Minerals LLC—This is an unfiled claim which arises out of an allegation by Huron Minerals LLC that the Partnership owes it for sand not yet taken in 2015 under a four year sand purchase agreement with Huron that expired on December 31, 2015. The Partnership disputes this claim. The arbitration hearing began in early August 2016 and is ongoing. We deem the risk of loss to be at least reasonably possible, but no reliable estimate can be made at this time.

 

The Partnership’s assessment of the likely outcome of litigation matters is based on its judgment of a number of factors including experience with similar matters, past history, precedents, relevant financial and other evidence and facts specific to the matter. Notwithstanding the uncertainty as to the final outcome, based upon the information currently available to it, the Partnership does not currently believe these matters in aggregate will have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

Sales and Use Tax

 

From time to time, the Partnership undergoes sales and use tax audits in the jurisdictions in which it operates. In addition, the tax regulations and legislation in the various jurisdictions are continually changing. Management believes that it has adequately met and provided for taxes based on the Partnership’s interpretation of the relevant tax legislation and regulations.

 

Long-Term Purchase Commitments

 

In January 2015, the Partnership entered into three long-term raw material supply agreements for sand to be used in hydraulic fracturing. The Partnership is subject to minimum purchase requirements and must pay penalties in the event of any shortfalls. In 2015, the Partnership did not recognize any shortfalls under these contracts.

 

Aggregate minimum commitments under these contracts as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Year-end December 31,

   Thousands of Dollars  

2016

   $ 15,580  

2017

     21,486  

2018

     29,571  

2019

     24,489  

2020

     —    
  

 

 

 
   $ 91,126  
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(14) Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

 

The Partnership operates in three service lines: cementing, coiled tubing, and hydraulic fracturing and other, with significant concentrations in the hydraulic fracturing and other asset group. In 2015, sales to hydraulic fracturing customers represented 90% and 92% of the Partnership’s revenue and gross profit, respectively. In 2014, sales to hydraulic fracturing customers represented 91% and 91% of the Partnership’s revenue and gross profit, respectively.

 

The Partnership depends on its customers’ willingness to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas in the United States, which in turn is affected by current and expected levels of oil and natural gas prices. As a result of depressed oil prices, the energy services industry is currently in a downturn characterized by excess equipment capacity across the U.S. hydraulic fracturing market. This downturn has impacted the demand for the Partnership’s services and its ability to negotiate pricing that will generate desirable margins. Through its impairment analyses, the Partnership determined the remaining carrying values of its long-lived and intangible assets were recoverable based on the Partnership’s forecast model. If industry conditions continue to deteriorate beyond the assumptions in the Partnership’s forecast, it is reasonably possible that this determination could change.

 

Credit Risk

 

The Partnership’s financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, and trade receivables.

 

The Partnership’s cash balances on deposit with financial institutions total $12.8 million and $13.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which exceed FDIC insured limits. The Partnership regularly monitors the financial condition of these financial institutions.

 

The majority of the Partnership’s trade receivables have payment terms of 30 days or less. For the year ended December 31, 2015, trade receivables from three customers individually represented 39%, 23% and 21%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, trade receivables from four customers individually represented 19%, 18%, 17% and 11%, respectively.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, revenue from three customers individually represented 24%, 14% and 13% of the Partnership’s revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2014, revenue from three customers individually represented 17%, 13% and 11% of the Partnership’s revenue. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of the Partnership’s consolidated revenue in the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

 

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited because the Partnership performs credit evaluations, sets credit limits, and monitors the payment patterns of its customers. The Partnership carefully evaluates new customers to determine their creditworthiness including review of credit applications, banking authorization forms, credit references and the credit report. The Partnership’s management approves and monitors credit limits for each of its customers.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(15) Related Party Transactions

 

The Partnership regularly enters into related party transactions with the Parent and its affiliates. Receivables from and payables to related parties consisted of the following at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Thousands of Dollars  
     2015      2014  

Due from Parent

   $ 28,743      $ 19,085  

Note receivable from Trican Completion Solutions, LLC (“TCS”)

     23,654        20,444  

Due from TCS

     4,554        2,887  

Due from other affiliates

     2,062        3,350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 59,013      $ 45,766  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to Parent

   $ 101,895      $ 123,091  

Due to other affiliates

     3,075        5,201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 104,970      $ 128,292  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Partnership entered into a loan agreement with TCS, dated December 24, 2013, providing for an unsecured revolving loan in the principal amount of $30 million bearing interest rate of 3.4% per annum and repayable on demand. Accrued interest on the loan was $1.2 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Interest income recognized on this loan amounted to $0.7 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and was recorded within interest expense, net in the statement of operations.

 

The Partnership has a receivable due from TCS representing a short-term, non-interest bearing intercompany balance to assist TCS with funding of its working capital needs.

 

The Partnership’s intercompany transactions with the Parent relate to purchases of equipment and machinery, inventory, parts and chemicals. Intercompany receivables and payables are typically short-term in nature and non-interest bearing.

 

Transactions with related parties are summarized below:

 

     2015     2014  

Purchases of equipment from the Parent

   $ 2,359     $ 53,892  

Purchase of inventory from the Parent

     2,464       2,217  

Selling, general and administrative expenses with affiliates

     3,678       4,395  

Transfers of equipment to the Parent

     (2,045     (4,336

Transfers of inventory to the Parent

     (5,602     (2,991

 

Charges for support functions provided to the Partnership by the Parent are included within selling, general and administrative expenses. These charges amounted to $0.6 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Parent issued a credit memo in the amount of $30.0 million to the Partnership against intercompany balances, which was recorded as a capital contribution from the Parent and reflected within Partners’ Capital. In July 2015 the Parent instructed the Partnership to forgive $1.1 million of

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TRICAN WELL SERVICE, L.P.

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

intercompany receivables from one of its affiliates, which was recorded as a reduction of intercompany receivables and non-cash capital distribution to the Parent.

 

In March, 2015 the Parent paid $41.0 million of the RCF on behalf of the Partnership, which was recorded as a reduction of long-term debt and a capital contribution from the Parent.

 

(16) Subsequent Events

 

The Partnership has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through October 20, 2016, the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

On January 25, 2016 the Parent entered into a definitive agreement with Keane Group Holdings LLC, a privately held U.S. based oilfield services company, for the sale of Parent’s U.S. pressure pumping business for approximately $200 million in cash, an equity interest in Keane and Class C Profits Interests in Keane that represent an additional economic participation above certain thresholds upon a Keane liquidity event. The Transaction includes the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the Partnership. The transaction closed on March 16, 2016.

 

In conjunction with the Transaction, the Parent also executed the 2016 Amended Credit Agreements with its bank lenders under its RCF and the holders of its Senior Notes to make certain amendments to the applicable credit documentation subject to closing of the U.S. operations sale. The 2016 Amended Credit Agreements include removal of all prior financial covenants until the third quarter of 2016, elimination of the minimum EBITDA and liquidity covenants, and new leverage and interest coverage ratio covenants.

 

On March 16, 2016 the Partnership fully repaid the outstanding balance on its RCF.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

 

 

6,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

 

Keane Group, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Citigroup

J.P. Morgan

Barclays

BofA Merrill Lynch

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Morgan Stanley

Simmons & Company International

Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray

Wells Fargo Securities

Houlihan Lokey

Scotia Howard Weil

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item   13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. Except as otherwise noted, we will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee are estimated.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 15,876  

FINRA Filing Fee

     19,627  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     687,748  

Legal Fees and Expenses

     550,000  

Printing Fees and Expenses

     175,000  

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

     10,000  

Miscellaneous

     341,749  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,800,000  
  

 

 

 

 

Item   14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

 

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director.

 

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s bylaws provide that:

 

   

the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

   

the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL;

 

   

the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

   

the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

 

The Registrant has entered, and intends to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act. The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item   15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Set forth below is information regarding all unregistered securities sold, issued or granted by us within the past three years.

 

On July 3, 2017, in connection with our acquisition of RockPile Energy Services, LLC, we issued 8,544,422 shares of common stock to WDE RockPile Aggregate, LLC and 139,788 shares of common stock to certain other indirect owners of RockPile Energy Services, LLC.

 

On May 1, 2016, October 1, 2016, October 24, 2016 and November 7, 2016, we granted 1,176.47, 6,470.6, 2,352.94 and 5,294.12 Class B Units, respectively, to Keane Management Holdings, LLC pursuant to the Keane Management Holdings LLC Management Incentive Plan. The equityholders of Keane Management Holdings, LLC are certain directors and members of the management team of Keane.

 

On December 31, 2014 and April 1, 2015, we granted 3,305.79 and 5,509.65 (in the aggregate) Series 3 Class C Units, respectively, to certain members of management under the Keane Class C Management Incentive Plan. Each Series 3 Class C Unit was generally subject to time- and performance-based vesting.

 

On April 8, 2014, we granted 5,509.65 Series 2 Class C Units, in the aggregate, to certain members of the management team under the Keane Class C Management Incentive Plan. Each Series 2 Class C Unit was generally subject to time- and performance- based vesting.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Acquired Trican Operations and the consummation of the Trican transaction on March 16, 2016:

 

(1) We effected a reclassification of the equity structure of Keane such that the original Series 1 Class C Units in existence prior to the Trican transaction were cancelled and eliminated and the Class A Units and Class B Units of Keane in existence prior to the Trican transaction were reclassified as follows: (a) KG Fracing Acquisition Corp. reclassified 1,000,000.00 old Class A Units into 318,452.46 new Class A Units of Keane; (b) SJK Family Limited Partnership, LP reclassified 69,799.50 old Class B Units into 7,627.86 new Class A Units; (c) KCK Family Limited Partnership, LP reclassified 69,799.50 old Class B Units into 7,627.86 new Class A Units; (d) Brian Keane reclassified 199,975.10 old Class B Units into 20,835.38 new Class A Units; (e) Tim Keane reclassified 199,975.10 old Class B Units into 20,835.38 new Class A Units; and (f) KSD Newco Corp. reclassified 460,450.80 old Class B Units into 47,974.30 new Class A Units.

 

(2) We entered into contribution and exchange agreements whereby, in connection with certain member loans made to Keane on December 23, 2014: (a) KG Fracing Acquisition Corp. contributed all of its right, title and interest in and to such member loan (other than accrued but unpaid interest, which was cancelled and forgiven) made by KG Fracing Acquisition Corp. to Keane in the amount of $15,000,000 in exchange for 31,101.45 Class A Units; (b) KCK Family Limited Partnership, LP contributed all of its right, title and interest in and to such member loan (other than accrued but unpaid interest, which was cancelled and forgiven) made by KCK Family Limited Partnership, LP to Keane in the amount of $2,500,000 in exchange for 5,183.57 Class A Units; and (c) SJK Family Limited Partnership, LP contributed all of its right, title and interest in and to such member loan (other than accrued but unpaid interest, which was cancelled and forgiven) made by SJK Family Limited Partnership, LP to Keane in the amount of $2,500,000 in exchange for 5,183.57 Class A Units.

 

(3) We issued and sold Class A Units and Class C Units for an aggregate purchase price of $246,777,777.78 as follows: (a) 176,899.66 Class A Units to KG Fracing Acquisition Corp.; (b) 236,900.83 Class A Units to KGH Investor Holdings, LLC; (c) 10,688.84 Class A Units to KCK Family Limited Partnership, LP; and (d) 10,688.84 Class A Units to SJK Family Limited Partnership, LP.

 

(4) We issued 100,000 Class A Units and 294,117.65 Class C Units to Trican Well Service, L.P.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(5) Except to the extent the Series 2 or Series 3 Class C Units were cancelled, the holders of the Series 2 Class C Units and Series 3 Class C Units contributed such Class C Units to Keane Management Holdings LLC in exchange for interests in Keane Management Holdings LLC pursuant to the Keane Management Holdings LLC Management Incentive Plan. Keane Management Holdings LLC was issued 85,882.35 Class B Units in Keane.

 

Any proceeds received from the transactions described above were used for the general working capital of the business.

 

Unless otherwise stated, the sales and/or granting of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. We did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including underwriting discounts or commissions, in connection with any of the issuances of securities listed above. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. All recipients had adequate access, through their employment or other relationship with us or through other access to information provided by us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

Item   16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a)   Exhibits.

 

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (b)   Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth in the schedules is either not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item   17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
          

Incorporated by Reference

        

Exhibit Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

    

Filed Herewith

 
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement               X  
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Keane Group, Inc., including Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 13, 2016      S-1        3.1        12/14/16     
  3.2    Bylaws of Keane Group, Inc.      10-K        3.2        3/21/17     
  4.1    Amended  & Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2017, by and among Keane Group, Inc. and the stockholders named therein      8-K        10.3        7/3/17     
  5.1    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP               X  
10.1    Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 22, 2017, by and among Keane Group Holdings, LLC, as the Lead Borrower, Keane Frac LP and KS Drilling, LLC, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative and collateral agent      8-K        10.1        12/28/17     
10.2    Term Loan Agreement, dated March  15, 2017, among Keane Group, Inc., as the Parent Guarantor, Keane Group Holdings, LLC, as the Lead Borrower, the borrowers thereto, the Lenders Party thereto, and Owl Rock Capital Corporation, as administrative and collateral agent and lead arranger      10-K        10.2        3/21/17     
10.3    Keane Management Holdings LLC Management Incentive Plan      S-1        10.6        12/14/16     
10.4    Keane Group, Inc. Equity and Incentive Award Plan      10-K        10.4        3/21/17     
10.5    Form of Keane Group, Inc. Executive Incentive Bonus Plan      S-1        10.8        12/14/16     
10.6    Form of Indemnification Agreement      S-1        10.9        12/14/16     
10.7    Form of Director Services Agreement      S-1        10.10        12/14/16     
10.8    Form of Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Group, Inc. and James C. Stewart      S-1        10.11        12/14/16     
10.9    Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Group, Inc. and Gregory L. Powell      S-1        10.12        12/14/16     
10.10    Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Group, Inc. and M. Paul DeBonis Jr.      S-1        10.13        12/14/16     

 

II-5


Table of Contents
          

Incorporated by Reference

        

Exhibit Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

    

Filed Herewith

 
10.11    Employment Agreement, dated as of October  20, 2016, by and between Keane Group Holdings, LLC and Kevin M. McDonald      S-1        10.14        12/14/16     
10.12    Employment Agreement, dated as of February  1, 2016, by and between Keane Group Holdings, LLC and Ian J. Henkes      S-1        10.16        12/14/16     
10.13    Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement, by and among KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Group, Inc. and Ian J. Henkes      S-1        10.18        12/14/16     
10.14    Form of Assignment Agreement, by and among KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC, Keane Group, Inc. and Kevin M. McDonald      S-1        10.19        12/14/16     
10.15    Keane Value Creation Plan      S-1        10.20        12/14/16     
10.16    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Keane Investor Holdings LLC, dated as of January 20, 2017, by and among Cerberus International II Master Fund, L.P., Cerberus Institutional Partners, L.P.—Series Four, Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P., Cerberus CP Partners, L.P., Cerberus MG Fund, L.P., CIP VI Overseas Feeder, Ltd., CIP VI Institutional Feeder, L.P., JS Keane Coinvestor LLC, Trican Well Services, L.P., SJK Family Limited Partnership, LP, KCK Family Limited Partnership, LP, Tim Keane, Brian Keane, SJ Keane Family Trust, Jacquelyn Keane, Cindy Keane, KC Family Trust, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., S & K Management Services, LLC and the Persons listed on Schedule A thereto      8-K        10.4        1/26/17     
10.17    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January  25, 2016, by and among Keane Group Holdings, LLC, Keane Frac, LP, Trican Well Service Ltd. and the seller companies named therein      S-1        10.22        12/14/16     
10.18    Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated as of March  16, 2016, by and between Trican Well Service Ltd. and Keane Frac LP      S-1        10.23        12/14/16     
10.19    Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated as of March  16, 2016, by and among Trican Well Service Ltd., Trican Well Service, L.P. and Keane Frac LP      S-1        10.24        12/14/16     
10.20    Employment Agreement, dated February  20, 2017, by and between KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC and Phung Ngo-Burns      8-K        10.1        4/4/17     
10.21    Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated July  3, 2017, by and among the Company, RockPile Energy Holdings, LLC and the Permitted Holders.      8-K        10.1        7/3/17     

 

II-6


Table of Contents
          

Incorporated by Reference

        

Exhibit Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Form

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

    

Filed Herewith

 
10.22    Form of RockPile Lockup Agreement.      8-K        10.2        7/3/17     
10.23    Incremental Facility Agreement and Amendment No.  1, dated as of July  3, 2017, by and among Keane Group Holdings, LLC (“KGH LLC”), Keane Frac, LP and KS Drilling, LLC, as borrowers, the Company, KGH Intermediate Holdco I, LLC, KGH Intermediate Holdco II, LLC and Keane Frac GP, LLC, as guarantors, each of the incremental lenders party thereto, each of the existing lenders party thereto, and Owl Rock Capital Corporation (“Owl Rock”), as administrative agent and collateral agent, to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2017, among the Company, as the parent guarantor, KGH LLC, as the lead borrower, the other borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the existing lenders, and Owl Rock, as administrative agent and collateral agent.      8-K        10.4        7/3/17     
10.24   

Purchase Agreement, dated May 18, 2017, by and among the Keane Group, Inc., Rockpile Energy Holdings, LLC, RockPile Management NewCo, LLC and Rockpile Energy Services, LLC, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries

     8-K        10.1        5/19/17     
10.25    Form of RSU Award Agreement      10-Q        10.1        8/3/17     
10.26    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement      10-Q        10.2        8/3/17     
21.1    Schedule of Subsidiaries of Keane Group, Inc.      10-K        21.1        3/21/17     
23.1    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)               X  
23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm               X  
23.3    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm               X  
23.4    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm               X  
23.5    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Auditor               X  
23.6    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Certified Public Accountants               X  
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Registration Statement)               X  

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on January 10, 2018.

 

Keane Group, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ James C. Stewart

Name:

  James C. Stewart

Title:

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned officers and directors of Keane Group, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint James C. Stewart and Gregory L. Powell, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ James C. Stewart

James C. Stewart

   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Gregory L. Powell

Gregory L. Powell

   President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Lamphung Ngo-Burns

Lamphung Ngo-Burns

  

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal

Accounting Officer)

 

January 10, 2018

/s/ Lucas N. Batzer

Lucas N. Batzer

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Dale M. Dusterhoft

Dale M. Dusterhoft

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Marc G. R. Edwards

Marc G. R. Edwards

   Director  

January 10, 2018

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ James E. Geisler

James E. Geisler

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Christian A. Garcia

Christian A. Garcia

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Gary M. Halverson

Gary M. Halverson

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Lisa A. Gray

Lisa A. Gray

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Shawn Keane

Shawn Keane

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Elmer D. Reed

Elmer D. Reed

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Lenard B. Tessler

Lenard B. Tessler

   Director  

January 10, 2018

/s/ Scott Wille

Scott Wille

   Director  

January 10, 2018

 

II-9